Use these links to rapidly review the document
2U, Inc. FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
2U, Inc. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K


xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20182021
or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from  to
Commission File Number: 001-36376
twou-20211231_g1.jpg
2U, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware26-2335939
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
26-2335939
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
7900 Harkins Road
Lanham,MD
20706
(Address of principal executive offices)Principal Executive Offices)
20706
(Zip Code)
(301) 892-4350
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Title of each class:Name of exchange on which registered:
Common Stock,stock, $0.001 par value per shareTWOUThe Nasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filerx
Accelerated filero
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting companyo

Emerging growth companyo
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No x
The aggregate market value of the 49,091,15152,068,002 shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 20182021 (computed based on the closing price on such date as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market) was $4,102,056,578.$2,169,673,643.
As of February 20, 2019,25, 2022, there were 58,141,86076,350,667 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Company’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, for its 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or an amendment on Form 10-K/A are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.




Table of Contents


2U, Inc.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

1

Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and which are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue” and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Factors whichthat may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to:
trends in the higher education market and the market for online education, and expectations for growth in those markets;
the acceptance, adoption and growth of online learning by colleges and universities, faculty, students, employers, accreditors and state and federal licensing bodies;
the impact of competition on our industry and innovations by competitors;
our ability to comply with evolving regulations and legal obligations related to data privacy, data protection and information security;
our expectations about the potential benefits of our cloud-based software-as-a-service or SaaS, technology and technology-enabled services to university clients and students;
our dependence on third parties to provide certain technological services or components used in our platform;
our ability to meet the anticipated launch dates of our graduate programs and short courses;
our expectations about the predictability, visibility and recurring nature of our business model;
our ability to meet the anticipated launch dates of our degree programs, executive education offerings and boot camps;
our ability to acquire new university clients and expand our graduatedegree programs, executive education offerings and short coursesboot camps with existing university clients;
our ability to successfully integrate the operations of Get Educated International Proprietary Limited, or GetSmarter,our acquisitions, including the edX Acquisition, to achieve the expected benefits of the acquisitionour acquisitions and manage, expand and grow the combined company;
our ability to refinance our indebtedness on attractive terms, if at all, to better align with our focus on profitability;
our ability to service our substantial indebtedness and comply with the covenants and conversion obligations contained in the Indenture (as defined below) governing our Notes (as defined below) and the Term Loan Agreement (as defined below) governing our Term Loan Facilities (as defined below);
our ability to generate sufficient future operating cash flows from recent acquisitions to ensure related goodwill is not impaired;
our ability to execute our growth strategy in the international, undergraduate and non-degree alternative markets;
our ability to continue to acquirerecruit prospective students for our graduate programs and short courses;offerings;
our ability to affectmaintain or increase student retention rates in our graduatedegree programs;
our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified employees;
our expectations about the scalability of our cloud-based platform;
our expectations regarding future expenses in relation to future revenue;
potential changes in regulations applicable to us or our university clients; and
our expectations regarding the amount of time our cash balances and other available financial resources will be sufficient to fund our operations.operations;
the impact and cost of stockholder activism;

2

Table of Contents


the potential negative impact of the significant decline in the market price of our common stock, including the impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets;
the impact of any natural disasters or public health emergencies, such as the coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) pandemic;
our expectations regarding the effect of the capped call transactions and regarding actions of the option counterparties and/or their respective affiliates; and
other factors beyond our control.
You should refer to the risks described in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
Additional Information
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “2U,” “Company,“our company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to 2U, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.
We announce material information to the public through a variety of means, including filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, press releases, public conference calls, our website (2u.com), the investor relations section of our website (investor.2u.com), our Twitter account (@2Uinc), Chip Paucek’s Twitter account (@chippaucek) and our blogs (2u.com/latest) and (blog.edx.org). We use these channels to communicate with investors and the public about our company, our products, and other matters. Therefore, we encourage investors, the media and others interested in our company to review the information we make public in these locations, as such information could be deemed to be material information. The information on or accessible through our websites and social media channels is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3

Table of Contents


PART I
Item 1.    Business
Our Mission
Our mission is to improve lives by eliminating the back row in higher education.
Overview
We are a global leader inleading online education technology. For more than a decade,platform company. Our mission is to expand access to high-quality educational opportunities that unlock human potential. In November 2021, we have been improving lives by powering world-class digital education. As a trusted partneracquired substantially all of the assets of edX Inc. (the “edX Acquisition”), including the edX brand, website and brand steward of great universities, we build, deliver, and support online graduate programs and certificates for working adults. Our industry-leading short courses, offered by GetSmarter, are designed to equip life-long learners with in-demand career skills.
Over the past decade, we have developed new and innovative tools within our platform to enhance the effectiveness of instructional methods and improve student outcomes and the student experience. During that time, we have also improved our data-driven digital marketing capabilities across our ecosystem of offerings to generate increased student enrollments in a cost effective manner.marketplace. As a result demand forof the edX Acquisition, we expanded our digital education offerings to include open courses and micro-credential offerings at the undergraduate and graduate levels and added an education consumer marketplace, edx.org, with over 42 million registered learners.
Following the completion of the edX Acquisition, we now serve more than 230 top-ranked global universities and other leading institutions, and offer more than 3,600 high-quality online learning opportunities, including open courses, executive education offerings, boot camps, micro-credentials, professional certificates as well as undergraduate and graduate degree programs.
With the edX Acquisition, we are now positioned as one of the world’s most comprehensive platform of integrated technology and services has increased significantly. When 2U was formed in 2008, we had one university client and one 2U-powered graduate program. Today, our university client base has grown to 35,free-to-degree online learning platforms. We believe our platform powers 49 graduate programs and over 90 short courses, and from inception to date we have enrolled over 44,000 students in 2U-powered graduate programs and over 86,000 students inrobust consumer marketplace provide our short courses.
Our core strategy isclients with the digital infrastructure to launch graduate programs and short courses with new and existing university clients, to increase student enrollments and graduations across our portfolio ofworld-class online education offerings and allow students to expand our non-degreeeasily access high-quality, job-relevant education offerings acrosswithout the career curriculum continuum. We are also committed to continuously improving our platform to deliver high-quality university and student experiences and outcomes at scale.barriers of cost or location.
Business Segments
We have two reportable segments: the GraduateDegree Program Segment and the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment.
In our GraduateDegree Program Segment, we target studentsprovide the technology and services to nonprofit colleges and universities to enable the online delivery of degree programs. Students enrolled in these programs are generally seeking a fullan undergraduate or graduate degree of the same quality they would receive on-campus. on campus.
In our Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment, we target working professionalsprovide premium online open courses, executive education programs, technical, skills-based boot camps and micro-credential programs at the undergraduate and graduate levels through relationships with nonprofit colleges and universities and other leading institutions. Students enrolled in these offerings are generally seeking to reskill or upskill for career advancement or personal development through skills attainment.
The reportable segments represent businesses for which separate financial information is utilized byshorter duration, lower-priced offerings. Following the chief operating decision maker, our Chief Executive Officer, foredX Acquisition, we changed the purpose of allocating resources and evaluating performance. Our Graduate Program Segment derives revenue primarily from a contractually specified percentage of the amounts our university clients receive from their students in the 2U-enabled graduate program for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in certainname of our universicty client contracts. The Short Course“short courses” in our Alternative Credential Segment derives revenue directly from students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in and progress through our short courses. We share a contractually specified percentage of the tuition and fees received from students in each course“executive education” to more clearly align with the relevant university client.industry terminology.
Our Platform
Our platform which we refer to as the 2U Operating System, or 2UOS, consists of a seamlessly integrated ecosystem of technology, people and data. Through 2UOS,our platform, we provide the tools and services our university clients withneed to bring high-quality online education offerings to students around the world and we provide students an expansive range of offerings to support their educational and career goals.
Degree Program Segment: Technology and Services
In the Degree Program Segment, we provide front-end and back-end cloud-based SaaS technology and technology-enabled services. These two componentsservices, which are tightly integrated and optimized with data analysis and machine learning techniques. 2UOS deliversIn general, for our degree program offerings, we provide the following full suite of technology withand services:
Technology.
Infrastructure – We use a human touch and isvariety of proprietary technologies to streamline the keystonelaunch of our commitmentdegree programs and to providescale launches with multiple schools. Prior to the launch of new degree programs, we also tightly integrate our systems with our university clientsclients’ systems by building integrations and data connections. These integrations facilitate the tools they needsecure bi-directional exchange of data to lead the digital transformation in education.

Table of Contents

Front-End Technology and Services
2UOS provides the following front-end technology and services to students enrolled insupport our offeringsdegree programs and to faculty membersautomate a variety of processes on an ongoing basis, including admissions and university administrators supporting our offerings:live class scheduling.
Learning Technology.Technology – Our online learning platform isprovides a cohesive end-to-end learninglive and teaching platform, where our university clients can reliably deliver their high-quality educational content to students.  For our Graduate Program Segment, our online learning platform replicates an intimate and liveengaging classroom environment andthat is accessible through proprietary web and mobile and TV applications as well as in an offline mode for convenient consumption of asynchronous coursework. With the recent integration of stem-basedOur STEM-based education tools and collaborative annotation technology and an improved data-driven user experience, we have significantly enhancedenhance the learning experience for students in 2U-powered graduate programs and instruction capabilities for faculty.
Marketing Services. Our short course offeringsmarketing team uses best-in-class digital marketing strategies – including Search Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing and Social Media Optimization – together with data analytics and machine
4

learning techniques and a strong affiliate marketing channel to engage prospective students for our university clients’ degree programs. Our marketing campaigns are deliveredoften program-specific and leverage each university client’s brand identity and approved messaging.
Student Engagement and Services. We provide a broad scope of services to students to support them on their learning journey from the admissions process through a separate proprietary learning platform that shares many ofcareer services.
Admissions – Our admissions team provides prospective students with transparent information regarding admissions requirements, the core features of our Graduate Program Segment learning platform, with some exceptions, such as the enhanced features that facilitate the live classroom environment in our graduate program leaning platform. 
application process, curriculum, tuition information, and time to completion.
Live classes. Our graduate degree programs feature live face-to-face classes, in addition to asynchronous content and coursework. From inception to date students in our graduate degree programs have attended over 500,000 live class sessions with an average class size of approximately 13 students.
Student Success Advisors. We augment each student’s academic experience by providing ongoingassigning a dedicated advisor to provide individualized non-academic support throughout their program. These advisors focus on retention and graduation by using data analysis and personalized non-academic support.coaching plans.
Career Services – Through our Career Engagement Network, we provide students and alumni of our university clients’ offerings with access to industry-aligned resources designed to support students in achieving their career goals following graduation. These services include resume and interview tools, live coaching and workshops as well as career fairs and employer referrals to our strong network of employer partnerships around the world.
Curriculum and Learning Services. Our learning design and development experts collaborate with faculty to produce high-quality, engaging, online coursework and content for our university clients’ degree programs. Our learner-centered approach to curriculum design incorporates our university clients’ curricular expertise and pedagogical preferences and is founded in principles of learning science and informed by our deep online course development expertise and historical user experience. We use a learning management system that facilitates authoring and hosting asynchronous learning activities. In addition to interactive asynchronous learning experiences, our offerings feature live, online classes. Live classes provide the Graduate Program Segment,opportunity for students to build community with peers and receive personalized and real-time instructor support, which is a cornerstone of our approach to delivering degree programs. To maximize the benefit of these synchronous live sessions, we employ a flipped classroom model, which focuses on dynamic interactive learning rather than solely direct teacher instruction. We also provide technology tools to reduce friction in the virtual learning environment for students and professors.
University Support Services. We provide a range of other services to enable the success of our university clients’ online degree programs and allow them to focus on their core academic functions.
Admissions – While our university clients are solely responsible for making admissions decisions, we streamline the admissions process by assisting prospective students in the application process and organizing and routing completed student application packages to the university’s admissions office.
Placement – Using our global network of clinics, hospitals, schools and other sites, our field placement team secures local placements for students enrolled in degree programs such as nursing, social work, teaching and other programs that require field placements to satisfy curriculum and accreditation requirements. We have integrated placements into our learning technology to enable students, faculty and field placement supervisors to monitor completion of student field work directly from our platform. During the COVID-19 pandemic we developed a virtual field placement program for our counseling and social work programs to allow students to continue to progress through these degree programs while in-person placements were not possible.
Faculty Success – We provide a dedicated team to support and train university administration and faculty on how to use our platform to facilitate outstandinghigh-quality live instruction. In addition, we help our university clients succeed by assisting with faculty recruiting efforts, including attracting, cultivating and vetting a pool of faculty candidates for our university clients.
Alternative Credential Segment: Technology and Services
In the Alternative Credential Segment we provide flexible technology platforms and services to enable our clients to provide a range of non-degree credentials and other courses to learners. In general, for our alternative credential offerings, we provide the following technology and services:
Technology. Our executive education and boot camp platform provides an integrated hub for students to access coursework and learning modules, interact with tutors and peers, attend live classes where applicable, and review assignment grading and tutor feedback. For our open course and micro-credential offering, our clients leverage the Open edX platform, an open source, scalable learning platform, that we have customized to enable our clients to build offerings to launch on the edX marketplace. For our executive education, open course and micro-credential offerings,
5

Table of Contents

our platform is also available through proprietary mobile applications for convenient consumption of asynchronous coursework.
Accessibility.  ForMarketing Services. Our marketing team uses best-in-class digital marketing strategies – including Search Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing and Social Media Optimization – together with data analytics and machine learning techniques and a strong affiliate marketing channel to engage prospective students for our university partners alternative credential offerings.
Student Engagement and Services. We provide a broad scope of services to students in our executive education courses and boot camps to support them on their learning journey from the enrollment process through career services.
Enrollment – We provide prospective students with disabilities,transparent information regarding the enrollment process, curriculum, tuition information, and time to completion.
Student Success – For our executive education and boot camp offerings, we striveaugment each student’s academic experience by assigning a dedicated advisor to facilitate accessibility acrossprovide individualized non-academic support throughout their course. For our platform. This includes designingboot camp offerings we have proprietary tools to allow us to scale our online learning platform with clear navigationstudent support and flexible, robust content display, ensuring compatibility with screen-reading and keyboard technologies and providing real-time captioning and transcripts for theensure student questions on asynchronous content or coursework receive an advisor or teaching assistant response efficiently.
Career Services – Through our Career Engagement Network, we produce. We are also able to support certain accommodations requested byprovide students with disabilities, including providing sign language interpretation and real-time captioning for live classes and audio descriptions of videos content we produce.
Admissions.  Leveraging our customer relationship management deployments and other technology, our graduate program-dedicated teams work with prospective students as they consider and apply to a program. Once a student has submitted a completed admissions application package, it is routed to and reviewed by the university client’s admissions office, which renders the final admission decision.
Placements.  Leveraging a geo-location database and our nationwide network of clinics, hospitals, schools and other sites, our field placement team is dedicated to securing in-program field placement opportunities for students enrolled in our university clients’ graduate programs that have a field placement component. We work closely with faculty to identify and approve sites that meet curriculum requirements.
Hybrid Experiences.  Manyalumni of our university clients’ graduate programs require studentsexecutive education and boot camp offerings with access to attend immersions and intensive residencies where students travel to a university client’s physical campus and other locations, where they can engage in collaborative learning experiences with their classmates and professors in person, and develop invaluable personal and professional relationships. We provide theindustry-aligned resources and technologydesigned to support our university clients in facilitating these experiences. Through our strategic partnership with WeWork, we also provide students in 2U-enabled graduate programsachieving their career goals following completion. These services include resume and faculty for both graduate programsinterview tools and short courses accessworkshops as well as career fairs and employer referrals to WeWork spacesour strong network of employer partnerships around the world so they have a place to take classes, prepare course materials, study,world.
Curriculum and collaborate with student groups.
Back-End TechnologyLearning Services. Our learning design and Services
2UOS provides the following back-end technology and services to launch and operate our offerings:
Data Architecture. We rely heavily on data across the 2UOS ecosystem and believe our ability to analyze it is a powerful tool for making informed choices. For example, our data architecture provides insights about what programs or courses will be successful, and which prospective students are most likely to convert to enrolled students.
Technology Tools. Our back-end systems and applications automate and simplify a variety of processes for our university clients in our Graduate Program Segment, including admissions, student enrollment and content deployment.

Table of Contents

Graduate Program Launch and Operations Applications.  We use an application we call Central Park to unify our suite of applications and better automate the standup of technology infrastructure for new graduate programs. We also use an application we call Uber-Conf to translate graduate program-specific code into a common language to simplify program-specific complexity. These applications simplify the effort to launch new graduate programs and enable non-technology oriented employees to support the data analytics and operational needs across our business.
University Systems Integration Applications.  We use an application we call Port Authority to integrate our technology with our university clients’ information technology systems. This application automates the student enrollment process, which allows us to more efficiently and quickly enroll students, thereby increasing our student-to-support staff ratios, while reducing the potential for human error.
Content Management System.  Our content management system enables us and our university clients to author, review and deploy the asynchronous content for our offerings. The content management system includes a set of project management and collaboration tools that allow our university clients’ faculty to seamlessly integrate their work with that of our course production and content development staff.
Admissions Application Processing Portal.  Our proprietary admissions application system, known as the Online Application and Recommendation System, or OARS, automates the graduate program admissions application process. OARS is integrated with the primary marketing site for each graduate program and directly using data analysis and machine learning techniques, funnels prospective students into each university client’s existing admissions application process and provides automated workflow for that process.
Customer Relationship Management.  We have developed customer relationship management deployments configured for each university client’s specific graduate program. Each deployment serves as the data hub for scheduling, student acquisition, student application, faculty admissions review, enrollment and student support. Our university clients and our employees review, maintain and track this information to ensure proper coordination.
Curriculum.  Leveraging our content management system, our 2U Studios staff and course developers work closely with our university clients’ faculty in a collaborative process todevelopment experts produce high-quality, engaging, online coursework and content.
Marketing.  Leveragingcontent for our executive education and boot camp offerings. We use a learning management system that facilitates authoring and hosting asynchronous learning activities. We employ tools to make real-time updates to our curriculum to keep certain offerings current in quickly evolving fields such as coding, data analytics and machine learning techniques, we develop targeted, offering-specific digital marketing campaigns that can reach and engage interested and qualified prospectivecybersecurity. We also use a proprietary analytics platform to capture the sentiment of students in a cost-effective manner. Our marketing teamsour boot camp and executive education offerings. We use this data to improve our curricula, calibrate differences across classrooms and offer targeted support to students. We also develop creative assets, such as websites relatedrecruit, hire and train faculty to teach the graduate programexecutive education and short course fields of study, and execute search engine optimization and paid search campaigns aimed at acquiring students cost-effectively.
Compliance.  Many of ourboot camp offerings must comply with state authorization requirements in each state where students reside. We work with most offor our university clients. For our open course and micro-credential offerings, we provide course strategy and design consultation services and other self-help resources to assist our clients in creating engaging content for our platform.
edX Marketplace
Our marketplace, available at edX.org, provides the full catalog of online offerings ranging from free offerings to graduate degree programs that we enable. Once we have completed integration of the edX marketplace with our broader business, we believe this thriving consumer marketplace will enable our clients to identifyefficiently reach a large audience of global learners and satisfy a complex arrayexpand the impact of state authorization requirements.
Our Approach
Our approach in providing 2UOStheir institutions and brands, and allow students to our university clients is as follows:
Tightly Integrated Technologyaccess relevant, high-quality education offerings from top-tier academic institutions and Services with a Focus on Quality.other industry leading entities. We believe that our platform offers extensive features, high configurability,the edX marketplace provides an intuitive user interface andopportunity to increase the ability to support synchronous and asynchronous learning at scale.
Data-Driven Methodology. We rely on data to optimize our process for identifying new graduate programs and short courses that have a high likelihoodefficiency of success. Our algorithm draws on a wide variety of data, including the operating history of our existing offerings, and is based on key market variables, such as the existing market size of an offering, potential student demographics and university characteristics. In addition, we use data analytics and machine learning techniques to focus our marketing efforts on finding prospective students forby combining the rightstrength of the edX brand and large global audience with a comprehensive range of high-quality education offerings at times when conversion is more likely. 
Alignmentwith University Clients. We serve as brand stewards for our university clients and our relationships are characterized by close, ongoing collaboration with faculty and administrators, as well as a deep integration between their academic missions and our platform.

Tablestrong offering-specific marketing capabilities. As we continue to increase the range of Contents

offerings on the edX marketplace, we believe we will attract additional students to the marketplace, some of whom will enroll in additional offerings.
Key Benefits to University Clientsof our Solution
We believe our solutions provide the following key benefits:
ExpandedExtend Institutional Reach and Impact. Our platform allowsenables our university and institutional clients to provideextend their brands and increase their impact by delivering high-quality education offerings to a greater number of students at the same high quality providedanywhere in an on campus environment. This expanded reach increases revenue to the university client and extends the reach of their brands.
New Product Offering. Our Short Course Segment provides university clients the opportunity to launch a new product offering that, in many cases, does not have an on-campus equivalent. Offering short courses to students online allows our university clients to reach students around the world that may not have interest inat a full degree program.
wide range of prices and credential levels.
Low Financial Risk for Clients. TheWe make many of the initial investmentinvestments required to launch a new online graduate program is significant and it takes several years before each new graduate program is operating at full scale. Our revenue share model, combined with long contractual terms inofferings across our Graduateportfolio. In our Degree Program Segment, enables us toin particular, we make the investmentsignificant investments in technology, integration, content production, marketing, student and faculty support, and other services necessaryservices. Our revenue-share model, combined with long contractual terms in this segment, enables us to launch and scale successful graduate programsmake these investments without significant financial risk to our university clients.
Avoid Need for Multiple Solutions and Hiring. The technology and services included in 2UOS are tightly integrated, and together provide Our platform provides a broad set of capabilities that would otherwise require universities to
6

purchase multiple, disparate point solutions, and hire significant human resourcessignificantly increase headcount in marketing, data analytics, technology and expertise.
other areas.
Marketing Reach. As part of the edX Acquisition, we acquired edX’s thriving consumer marketplace and global brand. Once we have completed our integration activities, we believe the edX marketplace together with the strong consumer-facing brand, will enable our clients to efficiently reach a large audience of potential students. As we continue to expand the scope of offerings on the edX marketplace, we believe we will generate additional interest in our offerings among students and incentivize clients to create additional offerings on our platform ranging from free-to-degree.
Efficient MarketingComprehensive Scope of Offerings. We believeprovide a broad range of education offerings to students that our broad selectionrange from free open courses to graduate degree programs. Our breadth of educational offerings increases our marketing leverage, allowing usallows students to gain the skills and credentials they need to reach their career and personal goals and provides the flexibility to “stack” credentials to progress towards a more efficiently acquire additional students and increase enrollments across our entire portfolio of offerings. In addition, we use data analytics and machine learning techniques to focus our marketing efforts on finding prospective students for the right offerings at times when conversion is more likely. In addition, we have optimized our process for identifying new graduate programs and short courses that have a high likelihood of success. Our algorithm draws on a wide variety of data, including the operating history of our existing offerings, and is based on key market variables, such as the existing market size of an offering, potential student demographics and university characteristics.
advanced credential or degree.
Key Benefits to Students
Outcomes.Our platform allows students to pursue theira wide range of high-quality education and attain new skills through graduate programs and short courses withofferings provided by leading universities regardless of the student’s location. Career success today increasingly requires people to learn new skills after they have completed an initial degree and entered the workforce. These additionalother top-tier institutions. Through these offerings, students obtain valuable skills and credentials that can create upward career mobility, facilitate a job transition to a new field orand lead to personal enrichment.
Lower Cost-Burden. Students do not need to move or quit their jobs to enrollScalable Support. High-quality student support is a central pillar of our platform. We provide student support for all offerings in our university clients’ graduate programs. As a result,portfolio that is tailored to student needs based on offering type. For many students face an overall lower cost burden than attending a similar on-campus program.
Student Support. Students and prospective students of our offerings receive humanour support beginningteams work with discovering an appropriate offering through graduation or completion. Thisprospective students prior to enrollment as they consider and apply to a particular offering. Once enrolled, we augment the academic experience by assigning a dedicated advisor to provide ongoing individualized non-academic support may include assistanceand career guidance for certain offerings. For our self-paced offerings such as our open courses, we provide students with the application process, technology assistance throughout the program or course, and placementplatform technical support for any in-person component of the graduate program.

Table of Contents

as needed.
Our Growth Strategy
We intend to continue our industry leadership as a provider of a digital education platform that enables well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universitiesour clients to deliver high-quality online education online.at scale and provides students with lifelong learning opportunities to unlock their potential. Our approach to growth is disciplined and focused on long-term success. The principal elements of our strategy are to:are:
Add Graduate Programs, Short Courses, UniversityAdding Offerings with New and Existing Clients and Students.Increasing Enrollments in Our Offerings. We intend to add graduate programsadditional top-tier universities and shortother entities to our client base and to increase the number of offerings we power on behalf of our existing client base. We believe that once we have fully integrated the edX marketplace with our existing business, and enhanced search functionality of the marketplace, potential students will be able to more efficiently search for and find courses with new and existing university clients, and increase studentof interest from free-to-degree. We also intend to scale enrollments in our currentofferings by expanding the reach and diversity of our marketing channels and making incremental improvements to our learning technology.
Expanding Offerings from Free-to-Degree. We intend to continue evolving our offering portfolio to meet the demands of offerings.
lifelong learners by expanding our offerings in accordance with our client’s roadmaps. This expansion could include new offering types, course bundles or stacks, or additional credentialing options.
Add New Categories of Offerings.Expanding Enterprise Channel. We believe that there isexpanding our enterprise channel presents a significant opportunity for us. Our deep catalog of over 3,600 high-quality free-to-degree offerings enables us to partner with a wide range of institutions seeking to upskill and train employees at any level of their organizations with exceptional digital learning experiences in job-relevant subject areas.
Expanding Globally. The edX marketplace generates significant traffic across the globe and the edX offerings have a large non-US student base. We believe this creates a significant opportunity to expand our offerings with top-tier international demand foruniversities and other entities and to attract additional non-US students to our platform asexisting offerings.
Clients
As of December 31, 2021, we had more than 230 clients with more than 3,600 offerings. Our clients are nonprofit colleges and universities worldwide seek to extend their brands by accessing the growing global market for higher education. We also believe that there may be significant opportunities in the future to offer high-quality digital education experiences to undergraduate studentsas well as leading corporations and expand our non-degree offerings across the career-curriculum continuum. As we evaluate these growth strategies, we periodically consider acquisitions or investment opportunities in complementary businesses, joint ventures, services and technologies and intellectual property rights in an effort to add product offerings, extend our technological leadership or expand the markets in which we operate. We expect to continue to evaluate, and may enter into, acquisitions and investments in the future as opportunities are presented.
Clients
Graduate Program Segment
In our Graduate Program Segment, we have grown our university client and program base significantly since our inception from one client with one program in one academic discipline in 2008 to 27 clients with 67 programs in 24 academic disciplines today, 49 of which have launched and have students enrolled. A full listing of all 67 announced programs, including the programs we plan to launch in 2019, can be found at investor.2u.com.
Our long-term university client contracts, which typically have 10 to 15 year initial terms, generally do not include termination rights for convenience. Most contracts impose liquidated damages for a university client’s non-renewal, unless the university client otherwise terminates due to our uncured breach.
Our contracts also set forth the parties’ respective rights to offer competitive programs. For example, some contracts permit us to offer competitive programs with other schools whose potential students are not academically qualified or otherwise interested in the program we offer with our client. Other contracts prohibit us from offering competitive programs with a specific list of schools, expressed either by reference to a certain ranking on U.S. News & World Report’s “best” schools list or as a specifically enumerated list of schools negotiated with our university client. In addition, any limitation on our ability to offer competitive programs becomes inapplicable if a university client either refuses to scale the program to accommodate all students qualifying for admission into the program, or raises the program admissions standards above those at the time of contract execution. In addition, our contracts generally prohibit our university clients from offering any online competitive program. Most of our more recent contracts either do not restrict our ability to offer competitive programs or provide for only limited restrictions.
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 21% and 27%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue was derived from our programs with University of Southern California, or USC, including our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010. We expect that these programs will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other university client graduate programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels.
Our programs with Simmons University accounted for 13% and 17% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our programs with the University of North Carolina accounted for less than 10% and 10% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our programs with Syracuse University accounted for 10% and 11% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Short Course Segment
In our Short Course Segment, we currently have nine university clients we are collaborating with to offer more than 90 courses. Our university client contracts in our Short Course Segment are typically shorter in length and less restrictive than our contracts in our Graduate Program Segment.
In our Short Course Segment, revenue is derived from individual students, rather than directly from university clients. For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue associated with our three largest university clients in this segment accounted for approximately 81% of the segment’s revenue, with each of these three university clients accounting for less than 10% of our

Table of Contents

consolidated revenue. Of the 17 courses we have launched in 2018, 10 are with these three university clients. We expect these university clients will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue in the Short Course Segment.non-profit entities.
Competition
The overall market for technology solutions that enable higher education providers to deliver education online is highly fragmented, rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting needs of students, faculty and educatorsclients and frequent introductions of new delivery methods. Several competitors provide platforms that compete with some
7

Table of the capabilities of our platform. Two such competitors are Pearson Online Learning Services and Wiley Education Services, owned by Pearson and John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both of which are large education and publishing companies. In addition, traditional massive open online course providers have evolved from providing massive open online courses to providing degrees, short course certificates, nano degrees and similar non-degree alternatives and we alsoContents

We face competition from various companies providingin the online education sector, including companies that provide direct-to-consumer online education offerings, corporate training programs and technology solutions and services to universities that offer online courses taught outside the university environment (e.g., by experts in various fields).learning programs. Many of these companies provide components of the technology and services we provide, and these companies may choose to pursue some of the institutions we target. Moreover, nonprofit colleges and universities may elect to continue using or develop their own online learning solutions in-house.
We expect that the competitive landscape will continue to expand as the market for online education offerings at nonprofit institutions matures. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:
quality and reputation of university client base and track record of performance;
robustness and evolution of technology solutions and marketplace capabilities;
scope and quality of educational content;
strength of brand awareness and reputation;reputation among consumers;
ability of online graduate programs and short courseseducation offerings to deliver desired student outcomes;
robustness and evolution of technology solutions;
breadth and depth of service offering;
ability to make significant investments in launching and operating graduatedegree programs;
expertise in marketing, student acquisition and student retention;
quality of student and faculty experience;
ease of deployment and use of technology solutions; and
level of customization, configurability, integration, security, scalability and reliability of technology solutions; and
quality of university client base and track record of performance.solutions.
We believe we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend, to a great extent, uponon our ability to consistently deliver our high-quality platform,offerings; meet university client needs for content development, acquire,development; attract, support and retain studentsstudents; and deliver desired student, faculty and universityclient outcomes.
Seasonality
We experience seasonality in our marketing and sales expensesexpense in both our GraduateDegree Program Segment and our Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment. We typically reduce our paid search and other marketing and sales efforts during late November and December because these efforts areof less productivedemand during the holiday season. We generally do not experience pronounced seasonality in our revenue, although revenue can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to variations driven by the varying academic schedules of our graduate programsofferings and short courses.university clients.
Intellectual Property
We protect our intellectual property by relying on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and contractual agreements. For example, we rely on trademark protection in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to various marks, including 2U, NO BACK ROW, GETSMARTER, TRILOGY, EDX and other distinctive logos associated with our brand. We continue to evaluate developing and expanding our intellectual property rights in patents, trademarks and copyrights, as available through registration in the United States and internationally.
We ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by signing agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies, and any other third party that creates intellectual property for us that assign any intellectual property rights to us.

Table of Contents

We have also established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.
We also purchase or license technology that we incorporate into our technology or services. While it may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of our technology and services, we believe, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms.
We continue to evaluate developing and expanding our intellectual property rights in patents, trademarks and copyrights, as available through registration in the United States and internationally.
For important additional information related to our intellectual property position, please review the information set forth in “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”
8

Table of Contents

Education Laws and Regulations
The higher education industry is heavily regulated. Institutions of higher education that award degrees and certificates to signify the successful completion of an academic program are subject to regulation from three primary entities: the U.S. Department of Education, or DOE, accrediting agencies and state licensing authorities. Each of these entities promulgates and enforces its own laws, regulations and standards, which we refer to collectively as education laws.
We contract with postsecondary institutions that are subject to education laws. In addition, we ourselves are required to comply with certain education laws as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions of higher education, either directly or indirectly through our contractual arrangements with university clients. Our failure, or that of our university clients, to comply with education laws could adversely impact our operations. As a result, we work closely with our university clients to maintain compliance with education laws.
Federal Laws and Regulations
Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or the HEA, institutions offering postsecondary education must comply with certain laws and related regulations promulgated by the DOE in order to participate in the Title IV federal student financial assistance programs. Most of our university clients participate in the Title IV programs.
The HEA and the regulations promulgated thereunder are frequently revised, repealed or expanded. Congress historically has reauthorized and amended the HEA inat regular intervals approximately every sevenbut has failed to do so in recent years. The re-authorizationreauthorization process and congressional oversight of the DOE is currently under way.nonetheless ongoing, such as oversight and investigations of the education sector and DOE conducted on behalf of Congress by the Government Accountability Office, or GAO.
The re-authorizationreauthorization of the HEA, or other legislation, could alter the regulatory landscape of the higher education industry, and thereby impact the manner in which we conduct business and serve our university clients. In addition, the DOE frequently conducts rulemakings that may impact our business and we expect each incoming administration to change the DOE rules in accordance with its policy priorities regardless of whether the HEA is independently conducting an ongoing series of rulemakings.reauthorized by Congress. The DOE also issues formal and informal guidance instructing institutions of higher education and other covered entities how to comply with various federal laws and regulations. DOE guidance is subject to change and such changes may impact our business model.
Although we are not considered an institution of higher education and we do not directly participate in Title IV programs, we are required to comply with certain regulations promulgated by the DOE as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions that do participate in Title IV programs. These include, for example, regulations governing student privacy under Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA. While online shortexecutive education courses and boot camps are typically not eligible for Title IV aid, when offered by or on behalf of Title IV eligible institutions, many education laws, such as FERPA, remain applicable to us or our university clients even in the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment.
The mostCurrent DOE rules material obligations stem from new rules and revisions to existing regulations promulgated by the DOE in 2010 as part of the so-called “program integrity” rules.
While the program integrity rules were targeted at for-profit institutions of higher education, most apply equally to traditional colleges and universities such as our university clients, and they apply in particular to institutions contracting with outside vendors to provide services, particularly in connection with distance education. These rulesbusiness include principally the incentive compensation rule, the misrepresentation rule, the written arrangements“written arrangements” rules and state authorization requirements. The more significant program integrity rules applicable to us or our university clientsrequirements, which are discussed in further detail below. Certain of the program integrity rules are under review by the current administration as part of its policy to deregulate and spur innovation in higher education, but revisions to the rules are not expected to become final until 2020.
Incentive Compensation Rule

Table of Contents

The HEA provides that any institution that participates in the Title IV federal student financial assistance programs must agree with the DOE that the institution will not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities.activities as those terms and activities are defined in DOE regulations and policy guidance.
As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE issued revised regulations regardingUnder DOE’s incentive compensation effective July 1, 2011. Under the revised regulations, each higher education institution agrees that it will not “provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of titleTitle IV, HEA program funds.” Pursuant to this rule, we are prohibited from offering our covered employees, whichwho are those involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities, any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students into a postsecondary institution.
In addition,At the time the incentive compensation rule was last revised, in July 2011, the revised rule initially raised a question as to whether our company itself, as an entity, isentities could be prohibited from entering into tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with university clients. On March 17, 2011, the DOE issued official agency guidance, known as a “Dear Colleague Letter,” or the DCL, providing guidance on this point. The DCL states that “[t]he Department generally views payment based on the amount of tuition generated as an indirect payment of incentive compensation based on success in recruitment and therefore a prohibited basis upon which to measure the value of the services provided” and that “[t]his is true regardless of the manner in which the entity compensates its employees.” But the DCL also provides an important exception to the ban on tuition revenue-sharing arrangements between institutions and third parties. According to the DCL, the DOE does not consider payment based on the
9

Table of Contents

amount of tuition generated by an institution to violate the incentive compensation ban if the payment compensates an “unaffiliated third party” that provides a set of “bundled services” that includes recruitment services, such as those we provide. Example 2-B in the DCL is described as a “possible business model” developed “with the statutory mandate in mind.” Example 2-B describes the following as a possible business model:
“A third party that is not affiliated with the institution it serves and is not affiliated with any other institution that provides educational services, provides bundled services to the institution including marketing, enrollment application assistance, recruitment services, course support for online delivery of courses, the provision of technology, placement services for internships, and student career counseling. The institution may pay the entity an amount based on tuition generated for the institution by the entity’s activities for all the bundled services that are offered and provided collectively, as long as the entity does not make prohibited compensation payments to its employees, and the institution does not pay the entity separately for student recruitment services provided by the entity.”
The DCL guidance indicates that an arrangement that complies with Example 2-B will be deemed to be in compliance with the incentive compensation provisions of the HEA and the DOE’s regulations. Our business model and contractual arrangements with our university clients closely follow Example 2-B in the DCL. In addition, we assure that none of our “covered employees” isare paid any bonus or other incentive compensation in violation of the rule.
Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by the DOE in the form of a DCL and is not codified by statute or regulation, the rule could technically be altered or removed without prior notice, public comment period or othercustomary administrative procedural requirements, such as adequate prior notice, that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Similarly, a court could invalidate the rule in an action involving our company or our university clients, or in an action that does not involve us at all. Finally, while most states defer to DOE regulations, different versions of the federal incentive compensation rule exist under state law, and such statutes or rules, or their interpretation, may change at any time. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the DOE or a court could require us to change our business model.model, and separate revisions at the state level could require us to amend certain of our contracts.
Misrepresentation Rule
The HEA prohibits an institution that participates in the Title IV programs from engaging in any “substantial misrepresentation” regarding three broad subject areas: (1)(i) the nature of the school’s education programs, (2)(ii) the school’s financial charges and (3)(iii) the employability of the school’s graduates. In 2010, as part of the program integrity rules, the DOE revised its regulations in order to significantly expand the scope of the misrepresentation rule. Although some of the DOE’s most expansive amendments to the misrepresentation rule were overturned by the courts in 2012, most of the 2010 amendments survived and remain in effect.
Under the DOE rule, “misrepresentation” is defined broadly as any false, erroneous or misleading statement, written, visual or oral. This includesmay include even statements that “have the likelihood or tendency to deceive.” Therefore, a statement need not be intentionally deceitful to qualify as a misrepresentation. “Substantial misrepresentation” is defined loosely as a misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment.

Table of Contents

The current regulation also expands the scope of the original rule to covercovers statements made by any representative of an institution, including agents, employees and subcontractors, and statements made directly or indirectly to any third party, including state agencies, government officials or the public, and not just statements made to students or prospective students.
Violations of the misrepresentation rule are subject to various sanctions by the DOE and violations may be used as a basis for legal action by third parties. parties or as a defense to the obligation to repay student loans. The DOE rules regarding misrepresentation change frequently and DOE has indicated it may revise aspects of the rule and related student recruiting standards as part of its ongoing rulemakings. In addition, the DOE has designated an investigations unit to enforce rules related to deceptive student marketing, which is expected to work with other federal agencies.
Similar rules apply under state laws or are incorporated in institutional accreditation standards, and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, applies similar rules prohibitingthat prohibit any unfair or deceptive marketing practices toby vendors in the education sector. As a result, we and our employees and subcontractors, as agents of our university clients, must use a high degree of care to comply with such rules and are prohibited by contract from making any false, erroneous or misleading statements about our university clients. To avoid an issue under the misrepresentation rule and similar state and federal rules, we assure that all marketing materials are approved in advance by our university clients before they are used by our employees and we carefully monitor our subcontractors.employees.
10

Table of Contents

Accreditation Rules and Standards
Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an educational institution, and a grant of accreditation is typically viewed as confirmation that an institution or an institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to perform its educational mission. The DOE also relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether institutions qualify to participate in Title IV programs.
In addition to institutional accreditation, colleges and universities may require specialized programmatic accreditation for particular educational programs. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited, and require individuals to have graduated from accredited programs in order to sit for professional license exams. Programmatic accreditation, while not a sufficient basis for institutional Title IV Program certification by the DOE, assists graduates to practice or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. Common fields of study subject to programmatic accreditation include teaching and nursing.
Although we are not an accredited institution and are not required to maintain accreditation, accrediting agencies are responsible for reviewing an accredited institution’s third-party contracts with service providers like us and may require an institution to obtain approval from or to notify the accreditor in connection with such arrangements. One purpose of the notification and approval requirements is to verify that the accredited institution remains responsible for providing academic instruction leading to a credential and provides oversight of other activities undertaken by third parties like us that are within the scope of its accreditation. We work closely with our university clients to assure that the standards of their respective accreditors are met and are not adversely impacted by us.
Accrediting agencies are also responsible for assuring that any “written arrangements” to outsource academic instruction meet accreditingaccreditation standards and related regulations of the DOE. Our operations are generally not subject to such “written arrangements” rules because academic instruction is provided by our university client institutions and not by us; however, the “written arrangements” rules may apply to online programs in the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment to the extent such courses are outsourced by university clients. The “written arrangements” rule is under review by the current administration. Any changes are not expected to be final until 2020.
State Laws and Regulations
Each state has at least one licensing agency responsible for the oversight of educational institutions operating within its jurisdiction. Continued approval by such agencies is necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees, diplomas or certificates in those states. Moreover, under the HEA, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. State attorneys general are also active in enforcing education laws, and the level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state.
We and our university clients may be subject to regulation in each state in which we or they own facilities, provide distance education or recruit students. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, recruiting practices and financial policies. The need to comply with applicable state laws and regulations may limit or delay our ability to market or expand our offerings. In addition, the interpretation of state authorization regulations is subject to substantial discretion by the state agency responsible for enforcing the regulations.
As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE required,requires, among other things, that an institution offering distance learning or online programs secure the approval of those states which require such approval and provide evidence of such approval to the DOE upon request. This regulation dramatically increasedincreases the importance of state authorization because failure to obtain itthe necessary state authorization for online programs (which may also be obtained through participation in a state authorization reciprocity agreement) could result in an obligation to return federal funds received by an institution. The U.S. Courtfederal state authorization rules were updated in July 2020 to, among other things, require more detailed disclosure requirements about whether particular states have authorized programs that may lead to professional licensure, which created an additional compliance burden for many of Appeals for the District of Columbia struck down the regulations requiring proof of state approval for online education programs in 2012 on

Table of Contents

procedural grounds; however, theour partner institutions. The DOE promulgated similar replacement regulations in December 2016, with an effective date of July 1, 2018. The current administration delayed the effective date of the regulations until 2020 and is currently considering repealing them outright or making further changes to them, which are expected to be effective in 2020. Repeal of the federal rules would not eliminate the obligation to comply withits state law with respect to online programs, but it would reduce the potential liabilities associated with non-compliance.authorization requirements.
MostAll states except California now participate in the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement, or SARA, governing the licensing of online offerings. All SARA-member institutions may provide online offerings in SARA states without obtaining separate state authorization (this includes externships, recruiting, local advertising, and faculty presence). SARA-member institutions must still obtain a separate authorization in order to open a physical location in another state and are also required to obtain any additional approvals that may be required for offerings leading to professional licensure in a state (e.g., nursing, teaching, or counseling). Most of our university clients are SARA members and the DOE has indicated it will acceptaccepts participation in a reciprocity agreement as evidence of state approval.
11

Table of Contents

Finally, many programs leading to professional licensure, such as graduate degree programs in nursing or teaching, also require approval from, and are subject to ongoing oversight by separate state agencies such as state nursing boards. Membership in SARA does not encompass approvals by professional licensing boards, which must be obtained separately.
We monitor state law developments closely and work closely with our university clients to assist them with obtaining any required approvals.
Other Laws
Our activities or those of our university clients are also subject to other federal and state laws. These regulations include, but are not limited to, consumer marketing and unfair trade practices laws and regulations, including those promulgated and enforced by the FTC, as well asstate and federal consumer lending laws, including those enforced by the federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, student accessibility requirements, federal and state data protection and privacy requirements.requirements and foreign and U.S. anti-corruption regulations.
CultureHuman Capital Resources
General Information About Our Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 3,982 full-time employees and Employees3,206 part-time employees worldwide. Approximately 6,220 of our employees are located in the U.S., approximately 835 of our employees are located in Cape Town, South Africa, and approximately 133 employees are located in other jurisdictions. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Our Culture
2U was founded on a set of “guiding principles” that are core to our culture and guide big and small decisions every day. New employees are introduced to the guiding principles in orientation and are expected to bring these guiding principles to life as they work with their teams, interact with our university clients and students or otherwise represent 2U in the community.
Cherish each opportunity. Life is short, so treasure every moment.
Give a damn. Care about what you do each day.
Strive for excellence. Don’t settle for second best.
Be bold and fearless. Question the status quo and embrace change.
Be candid, honest and open. Listen to others and offer respectful feedback.
Have fun. Fun is important. Fun is simply better.
Make service your mission. Give the highest level of support to our partners and to one another.
Don’t let the skeptic win. “No” is easy. “Yes” is hard. Fight for “yes.”
Relationships matter. Invest the time, build trust, and value differences.
Human Capital Measures and Objectives
2U is dedicated to eliminating the back row in higher education and our employees are critical to achieving this mission. We believe that when our employees feel appreciated and included they can be more creative, innovative, and better serve our university clients and students. Human capital measures and objectives that we focus on in managing our business include talent acquisition and retention, diversity and inclusion, employee development and training, community involvement and employee experience and wellness.
Talent Acquisition and Retention. We seek to recruit, retain and incentivize highly talented employees and our compensation and benefits programs are aligned with these goals. We are committed to providing total rewards programs for our employees that are market-competitive and based on each employee’s contribution and performance. To foster a stronger sense of ownership and align the interests of employees with stockholders, we provide equity compensation in the form of performance and service-based restricted stock units to eligible employees under our broad-based stock compensation program. We also offer eligible employees the ability to participate in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which enables them to purchase shares of our stock at a discount.We also provide
12

Table of Contents

This past year, 2U was certifiedcomprehensive benefits for employees and their families, which are tailored to the various geographies in which we operate. Depending on the jurisdiction, our benefits may include health insurance coverage, 401(k) matching, paid parental leave, and unlimited paid time off.
Diversity and Inclusion. We believe an equitable and inclusive environment with diverse teams produces more creative solutions and results in better outcomes for our university clients and students. We strive to attract, retain and promote diverse talent at all levels of the organization. Our Board is 27% women and 27% people of color and our executive team is 28% women and 33% people of color. We have established a diversity and inclusion committee, known as MOSAIC, that serves as a Great Placeliaison with management on diversity and inclusion issues and we maintain executive-sponsored business resource networks (“BRNs”) that offer a forum for employees to Work, was named a 2018 Top Workplace by the Denver Postnetwork and a Top Workplace by The Washington Post.engage in professional development activities. As of December 31, 2018,2021 we had 2,583 full-time6 BRNs focused on the following groups: Black/African American, Women, LGBTQ+, Asian Pacific Islander, Latinx and People Who Are Differently Abled. To further support our diversity and inclusion goals, starting in 2020 the Company bonus plan included a diversity and inclusion component for our employees at and above the vice president level.
Employee Development and Training. We provide a range of mandatory and optional employee development programs and opportunities for employees to develop the skills they need to be successful. Our learning and development teams create and teach a variety of live courses and our employees also have free access to a library of learning resources via LinkedIn Learning. Our diversity and inclusion principles are also reflected in our employee training programs. We require all managers to complete trainings on allyship, unconscious bias, cultural communication and thriving across differences and we offer additional training on emotional intelligence and leading with empathy. In addition, we offer a tuition reimbursement benefit for employees, which allows eligible employees and 86 part-time employees. Nonetheir family members to receive reimbursement for completion of certain of our offerings.
Community Involvement. We are committed to making an impact in our local communities through volunteering, financial donations, scholarships and other forms of engagement. Our corporate social responsibility program, “2U Engage”, supports local non-profit organizations in each location where we have a 2U office with a focus on organizations that are aligned with our mission to provide access to quality education. Employees are encouraged to volunteer for these organizations throughout the year using our “Volunteer Paid Time Off” program and bi-annually through Company-organized “Days of Service” events. We also endeavor to support the local community through scholarship initiatives, which focus on reaching the Black, Latinx and indigenous communities, as well as women and individuals from low income households.
Employee Experience and Wellness. We strive to create employee programs that promote our guiding principles, support employee wellness and enable employees are represented byto work productively. Particularly during the COVID-19 pandemic with our global workforce working primarily remotely, supporting and engaging our employees has been our top priority. These efforts include providing access to free wellness resources such as meditation and mental health support, monthly stipends for home Wi-Fi access, a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.Company-wide “Daily Dose of Team Time” call to foster employee engagement and connection and hosting remote-versions of our annual employee events. We consider our relations withregularly survey our employees to be good.assess wellness and additional support needs.
Other Information
We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in April 2008 and completed our initial public offering in April 2014. We acquired Get Educated International Proprietary Limited, or GetSmarter, in July 2017, acquired Trilogy in May 2019, and acquired substantially all of the assets of edX in November 2021.
Our principal executive offices are located at 7900 Harkins Road, Lanham, MD 20706, and our telephone number is (301) 892-4350.
You can obtain copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and all amendments to these filings, free of charge from our website at investor.2u.com or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov as soon as reasonably


practicable following our filing of any of these reports with the SEC. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.
13

Table of Contents


Item 1A. Risk Factors
In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Risk Factors Summary
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in this section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K and summarized below. This risk factor summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you, and you should read the risk factor summary together with the more detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties set forth following this section as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Risks Related to COVID-19
Our business, results of operations, and financial condition have been, and could continue to be, affected by COVID-19.
Risks Related to Our Business Model
We have incurred significant net losses since inception and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
Our financial performance depends heavily on our ability to recruit potential students for our offerings, and our ability to do so may be affected by circumstances beyond our control.
Our business depends heavily on the adoption by colleges and universities of online delivery of their educational offerings.
To launch a new degree program, we typically must incur significant expense in technology and content development, as well as in marketing and sales to identify and attract prospective students, and it may be several years, if ever, before we generate revenue from a new program sufficient to recover our costs.
If new offerings do not scale efficiently and in the time frames we expect, our reputation and our revenue will suffer.
Our financial performance depends heavily on student retention within our offerings, and factors influencing student retention may be out of our control.
Risks Related to Our Operations and Our Growth Strategy
Our student acquisition efforts depend in large part upon a limited number of third-party advertising platforms.
If our security measures or those of our third-party service providers are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data, we could lose clients, fail to attract new clients and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation.
Disruption to or failures of our platform could reduce client and student satisfaction with our offerings and could harm our reputation.
We face competition from established and emerging companies, which could divert clients or students to our competitors, result in pricing pressure and significantly reduce our revenue.
If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.
Risks Related to the edX Acquisition and the Combined Company
We may experience difficulties in integrating the operations of edX into our business and in realizing the expected benefits of the edX Acquisition.
We have incurred substantial transaction and integration expenses related to the edX Acquisition and expect to incur additional integration expenses related to edX that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows.
If students do not expand beyond the free offerings available on our platform, our ability to grow our business and improve our results of operations may be adversely affected.
14

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Capital Structure
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk and prevent us from meeting our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.
Despite current indebtedness levels and existing restrictive covenants, we may still incur additional indebtedness that could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial financial leverage.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
We may be unable to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the Notes for cash following a “fundamental change,” or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion, and our other indebtedness may limit our ability to repurchase the Notes or pay cash upon their conversion.
Conversion of the Notes may dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders or may otherwise depress the price of our common stock.
We may need additional capital in the future to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to grow our business.
Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business and That of Our University Clients
Our business model relies on university client institutions complying with federal and state laws and regulations.
Our activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations and other requirements.
Activities of the U.S. Congress or DOE could result in adverse legislation or regulatory actions or investigations.
Our business model, which depends in part on our ability to receive a share of tuition revenue as payment from our university clients, has been validated by a DOE “dear colleague” letter, but such validation is not codified by statute or regulation and may be subject to change.
If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our university clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities.
Our future growth could be impaired if our university clients fail to obtain timely approval from applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs, make substantive changes to existing programs or expand their programs into or within certain states.
Evolving regulations and legal obligations related to data privacy, data protection and information security and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations, could have an adverse effect on our business.
Risk Factors
Risks Related to COVID-19
Our business, results of operations, and financial condition have been, and could continue to be, affected by COVID-19.
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the actions taken by governments, businesses and individuals in response to the pandemic has caused, and continues to cause, significant disruptions to the flow of the economy, significant volatility and uncertainty in the global financial markets and disruptions to the normal operations of many businesses, including ours. Furthermore, as the COVID-19 pandemic continues, new variants of the virus are emerging and many jurisdictions are seeing a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, resulting in governments and businesses implementing additional measures in the interest of public health. As such, we cannot predict, with any degree of certainty, the ultimate duration and severity of the adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the measures taken in response to the pandemic on the global economy and our business, or the likelihood or frequency of future resurgences of the COVID-19 pandemic or other similar major public health concerns.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken steps to protect and assist our employees, including implementing remote and flexible work policies, limiting non-essential business travel, postponing, cancelling or converting to virtual-only certain industry, analyst and employee events and implementing a vaccine policy for employees.
The COVID-19 pandemic, as well as measures undertaken to contain the spread of COVID-19, including the measures we have taken, has caused disruptions to our business, including volatility in demand for our offerings from students and in
15

Table of Contents

student retention rates and fluctuations in marketing costs from period to period. Disruptions and impacts to our business in the future may include, but are not limited to:
causing one or more of our university clients to file for bankruptcy protection or shut down;
reducing student demand for our offerings;
impacting current and prospective university clients’ desire to launch new educational offerings with us;
impacting collections of accounts receivable;
impacting our ability to facilitate in-program placements for students in clinical graduate programs;
impacting student retention rates in our offerings;
increasing cyberattacks and security challenges as our employees and those of our clients and third-party service providers work remotely from networks that may be less secure;
impacting the efficiency of our marketing activities;
creating difficulties or delays in ramping, training and retaining new employees in an effective manner;
imposing negative physical and mental health impacts on, and resulting unavailability or reduced productivity of, our key executives or other employees as a result of such employees or their family members contracting the virus, being placed in quarantine or self-isolation, being in jurisdictions where travel or other activities remain restricted, or due to prolonged social isolation or distancing measures;
delaying the anticipated launch dates of our offerings;
changing our internal controls, policies and procedures due to remote work arrangements, which may result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls in the preparation of our financial reports and resulting increased costs of controls and compliance oversight activities; and
harming our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We cannot predict with any certainty whether and to what degree the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and reactions thereto will continue and how our business and results of operation will be impacted as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve or subside.As a result, we expect to face difficulty accurately predicting our internal financial forecasts.
The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks identified in this “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.It is not possible for us to predict the duration or magnitude of the adverse results of the outbreak and its effects on our business, results of operations or financial condition at this time, but such effects may be material.
Risks Related to Our Business Model
Our limited operating history, which makesand the evolving scope of our offerings, make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating results, and we may not achieve our expected financial and operating results in the future.
We were incorporated in 2008 and launched our first graduate program in 2009. In July 2017, we acquired GetSmarter and extended our offerings to include premium online shortexecutive education programs and in May 2019, we acquired Trilogy and further extended our offerings to include skills-based boot camps. In November 2021, we acquired substantially all of the assets of edX, which expanded our offerings to include open courses offered in collaboration with universities.and micro-credentials and added a consumer facing marketplace. As a result of our limited operating history, and the evolving scope of our offerings, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenue, cash flows and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the technology industry.uncertainties. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change, due to factors impacting our targeted markets, or if we do not manage these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.
16

Table of Contents

We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantlymay not achieve or maintain profitability in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve and maintain profitability.future.
We incurred net losses of $38.3$194.8 million, $29.4$216.5 million and $20.7$235.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we undertake increasedexpect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on technology and production efforts to support a growing number of offerings and increase our marketing and sales efforts to drive the acquisition of potential students. In addition, as a public company, we will continue to incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve and maintain profitability. Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses. If we are forced to reduce our expenses, our growth strategy could be compromised. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. As a result, we may be unable to achieve and maintain profitability, and the value of our company and our common stock could decline significantly.
Our financial performance depends heavily on our ability to recruit potential students for our offerings, and our ability to do so may be affected by circumstances beyond our control.
Building awareness of our offerings is critical to our ability to recruit prospective students for our university clients’ offerings and generate revenue. A substantial portion of our expenses is attributable to marketing and sales efforts dedicated to attracting potential students to our offerings. Because we generate revenue based on a portion of the tuition and fees that students pay, it is critical to our success that we identify prospective students for our offerings in a cost-effective manner, and that enrolled students remain active in our offerings until graduation or completion.
We have experienced, and may in the future experience, fluctuations in our student enrollments based on a variety of factors.For example, student enrollments have declined, and may decline in the future, due to our university clients changing their admissions standards. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has led to significant fluctuations in student enrollment across our offerings andwe are unable to predict the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on student enrollments in the future.
The following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control, may prevent us from successfully driving and maintaining student enrollment in our offerings in a cost-effective manner or at all, which would adversely affect our revenue and ability to achieve profitability:
Negative perceptions about online learning programs. Online offerings that we or our competitors provide may not be successful or operate efficiently, and new entrants to the market also may not perform well. Such underperformance could create the perception that online offerings in general are not an effective way to educate students, whether or not our offerings achieve satisfactory performance.
Unsuccessful marketing efforts. We invest substantial resources in developing and implementing data-driven marketing strategies that focus on identifying the right potential student at the right time. These marketing efforts make substantial use of search engine optimization, paid search, social media and custom website development and deployment and we rely on a small number of internet search engines and marketing partners. The effectiveness and cost of our marketing efforts has varied over time and from offering to offering based on economic conditions, competition, advertising prices, offerings type, university client reputation and other factors.
Damage to university client reputation. Because we often use a university client’s brand in connection with our marketing efforts for their offerings, our university clients’ reputations are critical to our ability to enroll students. Many factors affecting our university clients’ reputations are beyond our control, including ranking among nonprofit educational institutions, internal university matters, changes in university leadership positions and other matters that impact the public perception of our university clients.
Lack of interest in an offering. We may encounter difficulties attracting students for offerings that are not highly desired or that are relatively new within their fields. Macroeconomic conditions beyond our control may diminish interest in employment in a field, which could contribute to a lack of interest in offerings related to that field.
Reduced support from our university clients. Our ability to grow our revenue from a particular offering depends on the growth of enrollment in that offering. Our university clients could limit enrollment in certain offerings, cease providing the offerings altogether or significantly curtail or inhibit our ability to promote their offerings, any of which would negatively impact our revenue.
Our lack of control over our university clients’ admissions standards and admissions decisions for degree programs. Even if we identify prospective students for a degree program, there is no guarantee that our university clients will admit these students to that program. Our university clients retain complete discretion over setting admissions standards and making admissions decisions, and university clients may change admissions standards or inconsistently apply admissions standards.
17

Table of Contents

Inability to maintain sufficient high-quality content from our partners. Our success depends on our ability to provide students with high-quality learning experiences. For certain of our offerings, including our degree programs, while our clients are primarily responsible for curriculum development our learning design and development experts collaborate with faculty to ensure the final course content is engaging and digestible in an online format. For other offerings, including our open course and micro-credential offerings, our clients are solely responsible for curriculum development and we provide limited self-help resources. If the course content in our offerings is not high-quality and students are dissatisfied with their experience in an offering on our platform or do not find the content of our offerings appealing, they may stop accessing our content. In turn, if clients perceive that our platform lacks an adequate learner audience, clients may be less willing to provide content to offer on our platform, and the experience of students could be further negatively impacted.
Inability of students to secure funding. Like on-campus college and university students, many of the students in our university clients’ offerings, in particular degree programs and boot camps, rely on the availability of third-party financing to pay for tuition and other costs of their education. This may include federal or private student loans, scholarships and grants, or benefits or reimbursement provided by an employer. Any developments that reduce the availability or increase the cost of financial aid for higher education generally, or for our university clients’ offerings, could impair students’ abilities to meet their financial obligations and could negatively impact future enrollment in our offerings.
General economic conditions. Student enrollment in our offerings may be affected by changes in global economic conditions, including changes caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. An improvement in economic conditions and, in particular, an improvement in the economic conditions in the U.S. and the U.S. unemployment rate, may reduce demand among potential students for educational services, as they may find adequate employment without additional education. Conversely, a worsening of economic and employment conditions may reduce the willingness of employers to sponsor educational opportunities for their employees or discourage existing or potential students from pursuing additional education due to a perception that there are insufficient job opportunities, increased economic uncertainty or other factors.
Our business depends heavily on the adoption by colleges and universities of online delivery of their educational offerings. If we fail to attract new university clients, or if new leadership at existing university clients does not have an interest in continuing or expanding online delivery of their educational offerings, our revenue growth and profitability may suffer.
The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to enter into agreements with additional nonprofit colleges and universities to offerprovide their graduate programs and short coursesofferings online. In particular, to engage new university clients, we need to convince potential university clients, many of which have been educating students only in generally the same types of on-campus programs for hundreds of years, to invest significant time and resources to adjust the manner in which they teach students.introduce a new teaching modality. The delivery of online education at leading nonprofit colleges and universities is nascent, andevolving, but many administrators and faculty members continue to have expressed concern regarding the perceived loss of control over the education process that might result from offering content online, as well as skepticism regarding the ability of colleges and universities to provide high-quality education online that maintains the standards they set for their on-campus programs. It may be difficult to overcome this resistance, and online programsoffering of the kind we develop with our university clients may not achieve significant market acceptance. In addition, our university clients have regular turnover in their leadership positions, and there is no guarantee that any new leader will have an interest in continuing or expanding online delivery of the university’s educational offerings. If new leaders at our university clients do not embrace online delivery of educational offerings, we may not be able to add additional offerings with the university client and the university client may attempt to terminate or may not renew their relationship with us.
The market for our offerings may be limited based on the types of nonprofit colleges and universities we target and due to exclusivity provisions in certain of our contracts with university clients. We have agreed to incur, and we may incur in the future, costs to terminate some or all of the exclusivity obligations in certain of our university client contracts.
Certain of our contracts with our university clients limit our ability to enable competitive offerings with other schools. In our Degree Program Segment, we have determined that enabling some of these contractually prohibited competitive programs may be part of our business strategy. We have in the past agreed and may in the future agree with certain university clients to do some or all of the following to reduce or eliminate certain exclusivity obligations: make fixed and contingent cash payments over time, reduce our revenue share over time, and/or make minimum investments in marketing under certain conditions.
In addition, in order to maintain good relations with our university clients, we may decide not to approach certain institutions that our university clients regard as their direct competitors to offer similar programs or courses, even if we are allowed to do so under our contracts. A limited number of our contracts with our university clients include provisions that may result in pricing adjustment in limited circumstances. If we need to incur contingent costs in connection with enabling
18

Table of Contents

competitive offerings or if we determine not to approach certain institutions, or if we have to adjust our pricing provisions, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired.
To launch a new degree program, we generally incur significant expense in technology and content development, as well as in marketing and sales to identify and attract prospective students, and it may be several years, if ever, before we generate revenue from a new program sufficient to recover our costs.
To launch a new degree program, we generally integrate components of our platform with the various student information and other operating systems our university clients use to manage functions within their institutions. In addition, for these degree programs, our content development staff works closely with the university client’s faculty members to produce engaging online coursework and content, and we must commence student acquisition activities. This process is time-consuming and costly and, under our agreements with our university clients, we are primarily responsible for the significant costs of this effort for most of our degree programs, even before we generate any revenue and there is no guarantee we will ever recoup these costs.
In exchange for the upfront investments we make in our university clients’ degree programs, our university client agreements generally provide that we receive a fixed percentage of the tuition that the university clients receive from the students enrolled in their degree programs.We only begin to recover these upfront costs once students are enrolled and our university clients begin billing students for tuition and fees. The time that it takes for us to recover our investment in a new degree program depends on a variety of factors, primarily our content development costs, student acquisition costs, the rate of growth in student enrollment in the program, and the tuition of the program. We estimate that, on average, it takes approximately three years after signing an agreement with a university client to fully recover our investment in that university client’s new degree program. Because of the lengthy period required to recoup our investment in these new degree programs, unexpected developments beyond our control could occur that result in the university client ceasing or significantly curtailing a degree program before we are able to fully recoup our investment. As a result, we may ultimately be unable to recover the full investment that we make in a new degree program or achieve our expected level of profitability for the degree program.
If new offerings do not scale efficiently and in the time frames we expect, our reputation and our revenue will suffer.
Our continued growth and ability to achieve profitability depends on our and our university clients’ ability to successfully scale newly launched offerings. Our ability to scale new offerings in the time frame we expect has varied over time and from offering to offering. If we are not successful in recruiting potential students for our offerings, it would adversely impact our ability to generate revenue, and our university clients and the students in their offerings could lose confidence in the knowledge and capability of our employees. If we cannot quickly and efficiently scale our technology to handle growing student enrollment and new offerings, our university clients’ and their students’ experiences may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students and impact our ability to acquire new university clients.
In addition, in our Degree Program Segment, if our university clients cannot quickly develop the infrastructure and hire sufficient faculty and administrators to handle growing student enrollments, our university clients’ and their students’ experiences with our platform may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.
Our ability to efficiently scale new offerings will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
satisfy existing students in, and attract and enroll new students for, our offerings;
assist our university clients in recruiting qualified faculty to support their expanding enrollments;
assist our university clients in developing and producing an increased volume of course content;
successfully introduce new features and enhancements and maintain a high level of functionality in our platform; and
deliver high-quality support to our university clients and their faculty and students.
If student enrollment in our offerings does not increase, if we are unable to launch new offerings in a cost-effective manner or if we are otherwise unable to manage new offerings effectively, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired, and the quality of our platform and the satisfaction of our university clients and their students could suffer.
19

Table of Contents

Our financial performance depends heavily on our ability to acquire qualified potential students forstudent retention within our offerings, and our ability to do sofactors influencing student retention may be affected by circumstances beyondout of our control.
Building awareness of our offeringsOnce a student is critical to our ability to acquire prospective students forenrolled in an offering, we and our university clients’ programs and courses and generate revenue. A substantial portion of our expenses is attributable to marketing and sales efforts dedicated to attracting potential students to our offerings. Because we generate revenue based on a portionclient must retain the student over the life of the tuition andoffering to generate ongoing revenue. Our strategy involves offering high-quality support to students enrolled in these offerings to support their retention. If we are unable to help students quickly resolve any educational, technological or logistical issues they encounter, otherwise provide effective ongoing support to students or deliver high-quality, engaging educational content, students may withdraw from the offering, which would negatively impact our revenue.


fees that students pay, it is critical to our success that we identify qualified prospective students for our offerings in a cost-effective manner, and that enrolled students remain active in our offerings until graduation or completion.
TheIn addition, student retention could be compromised by the following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control, may prevent uscontrol:
Lack of support from successfully driving and maintaining student enrollmentfaculty members in our offerings in a cost-effective manner or at all:
Negative perceptions about online learning programs.  As a non-traditional form of education delivery, prospective students will subject our university clients’ degree programs. It takes a significant time commitment and dedication from our university clients’ faculty members to work with us to develop or to independently develop course content for their degree programs and other courses designed for an online learning environment. Our university clients’ faculty may be unfamiliar with the development and production process, may not understand the time commitment involved, or may otherwise be resistant to changing the ways in which they present the same content in an on-campus class. Our ability to maintain high student retention will depend in part on our ability to convince our university clients’ faculty of the value in the time and effort they will spend developing the course content. Lack of support from faculty could cause the quality of our degree programs to decline, which could contribute to decreased student satisfaction and retention in our Degree Program Segment.
Student dissatisfaction. Enrolled students may drop out of our offerings based on their individual perceptions of the value they are getting from the offering. For example, we may face retention challenges as a result of students’ dissatisfaction with our university clients’ faculty, changing views of the value of our offerings and perceptions of employment prospects following completion of the offering.
Personal factors. Personal factors, such as ability to increased scrutiny. Online offeringscontinue to pay tuition, ability to meet the rigorous demands of the offering, and lack of time to continue classes, all of which are generally beyond our control, may impact a student’s willingness and ability to stay enrolled in an offering.
If student retention is compromised by any of these factors, it could significantly reduce the revenue that we or our competitors provide may not be successful or operate efficiently, and new entrants to the field of online learning also may not perform well. Such underperformance could create the perception that online offerings in general are not an effective way to educate students, whether or notgenerate from our offerings, which would negatively impact our return on investment for the particular offering and could compromise our ability to grow our business and achieve satisfactory performance,profitability.
The loss, or material underperformance, of any one of our offerings could harm our reputation, which could make it difficultin turn affect our future revenue growth.
We rely on our reputation for us to successfully attract prospective students. Students may be reluctant to enroll indelivering high-quality online degree programs and coursesalternative credential offerings and recommendations from existing university clients to attract potential new university clients. Therefore, the loss of any single offering, or the failure of any university client to renew its agreement with us upon expiration, could harm our reputation and impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and ultimately to become profitable.
The recent, significant decline in the market price of our common stock could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial position.
Our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for fearimpairment annually, as of October 1, and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the learning experience mayfair value below carrying value. We experienced a significant decline in the market price of our common stock subsequent to February 9, 2022 and management is evaluating whether this decline represents a triggering event for assessing the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset balances for impairment in the first quarter of 2022. There is the potential for a non-cash charge in the first quarter of 2022 to recognize impairment losses on some or all of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. If it is determined that an impairment loss should be substandard, that employers mayrecognized on goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets, our business, results of operations, and financial position could be averse to hiring students who received their education online, or that organizations granting professional licenses or certifications may be reluctant to grant them based on degrees earned through online education.adversely affected.
20

Risks Related to Our Operations and Our Growth Strategy
Ineffective marketing efforts.  We invest substantial resourcesOur student acquisition efforts depend in developing and implementing data-driven marketing strategies that focus on identifying the right potential student at the right time. Theselarge part upon a limited number of third-party advertising platforms.
Our marketing efforts make substantial use of paid search, social media, search engine optimization paid search and custom website development and deployment and we rely on advertising through a smalllimited number of third-party advertising platforms such as Google, Meta Platforms and LinkedIn, to direct traffic to, and recruit new students for, our offerings. Changes in the way these platforms operate - whether due to changes in law, changes in the practices of mobile operating system providers, or otherwise - or changes in their advertising prices, data use practices, or other terms have impacted the cost and efficiency of our student acquisition efforts in the past and could in the future make marketing our offerings more expensive, or more difficult.In addition, the elimination of a particular medium or platform on which we advertise, could limit our ability to direct traffic to our offerings and recruit new students on a cost-effective basis, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, our search engine optimization capability in connection with our student recruiting efforts could be harmed.
Our search engine optimization capability in connection with our student acquisition efforts substantially depends on various internet search engines, such as Google, to direct a significant amount of traffic to websites related to our offerings. Our ability to influence the number of visitors directed to these websites through search engines is not entirely within our control. For example, search engines frequently revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search result listings. In this respect, we have experienced fluctuations in our search result listings and marketing partners. Ifwebsite traffic based on changes to search engine algorithms, and future algorithm changes by Google or any other search engines could cause the websites for our executionofferings to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the number of this strategy proves to be inefficient or unsuccessful in generating a sufficient quantity of qualified prospective students or if the costs associated with the execution of this strategy increase, our revenue could be adversely affected.
Damage to university client reputation.  Because we market a specific graduate program or course to potential students, the reputations of our university clients are critical towho visit these websites and impact our ability to enroll students. Many factors affectingeffectively utilize search engine optimization as part of our university clients’ reputations are beyond our control and can change over time, including their academic performance, ranking among nonprofit educational institutions and university leadership positions.
Lack of interest in an offering.  We may encounter difficulties attracting qualified students for graduate programs or courses that are not highly desired or that are relatively new within their fields. Macroeconomic conditions beyond our control may diminish interest in employment in a field, and that could contribute to lack of interest in offeringsstudent acquisition strategies in the disciplines related to that field.
Our lack of control over admissions decisions forlong-term. Further, if our university clients’ graduate programs.  Even if wecompetitors’ search engine optimization efforts are able to identifymore successful than ours, fewer prospective students for a graduate program, there is no guaranteemay be directed to our websites.
In October 2020, the U.S. Department of Justice brought an antitrust lawsuit against Google claiming that Google improperly uses its monopoly over internet search to impede competition and harm consumers. We cannot predict the impact that this lawsuit may have on advertising costs or Google’s future operations. Any reduction in the number of prospective students will be admitteddirected to that program. In the Graduate Program Segment, the university clients retain complete discretion over admissions decisions, and any changes to admissions standards, or inconsistent application of admissions standards,our websites could negatively affect student enrollment and our ability to generate revenue.
prospective students, and ultimately revenue, through our student acquisition activities.
If our security measures or those of our third-party service providers are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data, we could lose clients, fail to attract new clients and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation.
InabilityOur platforms and computer systems store and transmit proprietary and confidential client, student, and company information, which may include personal information of students, prospective students, faculty and employees, that are subject to secure funding.  Like traditional collegestringent legal and university students, manyregulatory obligations. As a technology company, we have faced and continue to face an increasing number of threats to our platforms and computer systems, including unauthorized activity and access, system viruses, worms, malicious code, denial of service attacks, phishing attacks, ransomware attacks, social engineering attacks, and organized cyberattacks, any of which could breach our security and create a data exfiltration condition and/or disrupt our platform and our clients’ offerings. The techniques used by computer hackers and cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access to data or to sabotage computer systems are growing in sophistication, change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. We have experienced, and may in the studentsfuture experience, an increasing number of cybersecurity threats to our platform and computer systems and to the systems of our third-party service providers and our efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our platform, and the cybersecurity measures taken by our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems. While there can be no assurances of effectiveness, we have implemented certain safeguards and processes to thwart hackers, and all related activity, and protect the data in our university clients’ graduate programs rely heavily on the availabilityplatforms and computer systems. If our, or our third-party service providers’, security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party financingaction, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, it could result in the loss or misuse of proprietary and confidential university, student (including prospective student), employee or company information, which could subject us to paymaterial liability, or materially interrupt our business, potentially over an extended period of time. Any such event could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract new clients and students, cause existing clients to scale back their offerings or elect not to renew their agreements, cause prospective students not to enroll or existing students to not stay enrolled in our offerings, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further, any reputational damage resulting from breach of our security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective clients or students. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover losses associated with such events, and in any case, such insurance may not cover all costs, expenses or losses we could incur to respond to and remediate a security breach. As a result,
21

we may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such disruptions or breaches.
Data protection laws in jurisdictions around the world require companies and institutions to notify impacted individuals of data breach incidents, usually in writing. Under the terms of our contracts with our university clients, we would be responsible for the costs of their educations, including tuition. This tuition assistance may include federal or private student loans, scholarshipsinvestigating and grants, or benefits or reimbursement provided bydisclosing data breaches to the students’ employers. Any developments that reduce the availability of financial aid for higher education generally, or for our university clients’ graduate programs in particular, could impair students’ abilitiesstudents, if required by law. In addition to meet their financial obligations, which in turn could result in reduced enrollment and harm our ability to generate revenue.
General economic conditions.  Student enrollment in our offerings may be affected by changes in global economic conditions. An improvement in economic conditions and, in particular, an improvement in the economic conditions in the U.S. and the U.S. unemployment rate, may reduce demand among potential students for educational services, as they may find adequate employment without additional education. Conversely, a worsening of economic and employment conditions may reduce the willingness of employers to sponsor educational opportunities for their employees or discourage existing or potential students from pursuing additional education due to a perception that there are insufficient job opportunities, increased economic uncertainty or other factors, any of which could adversely impact our ability to attract qualified students to our offerings. If one or more of these factors reduces student demand for our offerings, enrollment could be negatively affected, our costs associated with student acquisitioninvestigating and retentionfully disclosing a data breach, we could increase,be subject to substantial monetary fines or both, any of which could materially compromise our ability to grow our revenue or achieve profitability. These developments could also harmprivate claims by affected parties and our reputation and make it more difficult for us to engage new and existing university clients for new offerings, which would negatively impact our ability to expand our business.

Table of Contents

likely be harmed.
Disruption to or failures of our platform could reduce university client and student satisfaction with our offerings and could harm our reputation.
The performance and reliability of our platform is critical to our operations, reputation and ability to attract new university clients, as well as our student acquisition and retention efforts. Our university clients rely on this technologyour platform to offerprovide their programs and coursesofferings online, and students access this technologyour platform on a frequent basis as an important part of their educational experience. Because our platform is complex and incorporates a variety of hardware and proprietary and third-party software, our platform may have errors or defects that could result in unanticipated downtime for our university clients and students. WebWeb- and mobilemobile- based applications frequently contain undetected errors when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released, and we have from time to time found errors and defects in our technology and new errors and defects may be detected in the future. In addition, we have experienced and may in the future experience temporary system interruptions to our platform for a variety of reasons, including network failures, power failures, problems with third-party firmware and software updates, as well as an overwhelming numbersnumber of users trying to access our platform. Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our platform could damage our or our university clients’ reputations, decrease student satisfaction and retention and impact our ability to attract new students and university clients. If any of these problems occur, our university clients could attempt to terminate their agreements with us or make indemnification or other claims against us. In addition, sustained or recurring disruptions in our platform could adversely affect our and our university clients’ compliance with applicable regulations and accrediting body standards.
We rely upon Amazon Web Services to host certain aspects of our platform and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services could impair our ability to deliver our platform to university clients and students, resulting in university client and student dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, and harm to our business.
Amazon Web Services, or AWS, provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We have designed our technology and technology-enabled services to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by AWS. Currently, ourOur online learning platform and certain of our front-end and back-endother technology and services are runhosted on data centers provided by Amazon Web Services, or AWS. Given this, along with the fact that we cannot easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider, any disruption of, or interference with our use of, AWS would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted. AWS provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. AWS may terminate theits agreement without cause by providingwith us upon 30 days’ prior written notice, and may terminate the agreement for cause with 30 days’ prior written notice, including any material default or breach of the agreement by us that we do not cure within the 30-day period.notice. Additionally, AWS has the right to terminate the agreement immediately with notice to us in certain scenarios, such as if AWS believes providing the services could create a substantial economic or technical burden or material security risk for AWS, or in order to comply with the law or requests of governmental entities. If any of our arrangements with AWS is terminated, we could experience interruptions in our softwareplatform as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.
We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities operated by AWS. Our operations depend, in part, on AWS’s abilities to protect thesetheir data center hosting facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. The occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform, which would result in harm to our business. In the event of a system failure, the backup systems and disaster recovery services provided by AWS may be insufficient or fail. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability or cause our university clients to fail to renew or terminate their contracts, any of which could harm our business.
Our ability to deliver our services is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties.
The infrastructure of the Internet consists of multiple fragmented networks. Multiple third-party organizations run this infrastructure together under the governance of the Internet Corporation for Assigned Numbers and Names (“ICANN”) and the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority under the stewardship of ICANN. The Internet has experienced outages and other delays resulting from damage to portions of infrastructure, denial-of-service attacks or related cyber incidents, and the Internet could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of Internet usage or result in fragmentation of the Internet, resulting in multiple separate networks lacking interconnection. These scenarios are outside of our control and could impair the delivery of our platform to our university clients and students. Resulting interruptions in our platform or the ability of our university clients or students to access our platform could result in a loss of potential or existing university clients and students, subject us to liability or harm our business.
Our student acquisition efforts depend in large part upon the availability of advertising space through a variety of media.

22

Table of Contents


We depend upon the availability of advertising space through a variety of media, including third-party applications on platforms such as Facebook and LinkedIn, to direct trafficOur internal information technology systems are critical to our offeringsbusiness. System integration and acquire new students forimplementation issues could disrupt our offerings. The availability of advertising space varies, and a shortage of advertising space in any particular media or on any particular platform, or the elimination of a particular medium on which we advertise, could limit our ability to direct traffic to our offerings and acquire new students on a cost-effective basis, any ofoperations, which could have a material adverse effectimpact on our business resultsor result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls.
We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of operationscomplex information technology systems, including systems for billing, human resources, enterprise resource planning, and customer relationship management. As our business has grownin size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our internal information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth, we must commit significant financial condition.resources and personnel to maintain and enhance existing systems and develop or acquire new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in our business and information-processing technology as well as evolving industry, regulatory, and accounting standards. If the information we rely upon to run our businesses is determined to be inaccurate or unreliable, or if we fail to properly maintain or enhance our internal information technology systems, we could have operational disruptions, significant deficiencies, or material weaknesses in our internal controls, incur increased operating and administrative expenses, lose our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports, or suffer other adverse consequences
If the mobile solutions available to our students and clients are not effective, the use of our platform could decline.
Students have been increasingly accessing our offerings and marketplace on mobile devices through our mobile applications in recent years. The market forsmaller screen size and reduced functionality associated with some mobile devices may make the use of our platform more difficult or our clients may believe that online learning through such mobile devices is not effective. If we are not able to provide our clients with the functionality to deliver a rewarding experience on mobile devices, our ability to attract students to our offerings may be limited based on the types of nonprofit collegesharmed and, universitiesconsequently, our business may suffer.
As new mobile devices and mobile features are released, we target.
Our target market of selective nonprofit colleges and universities is necessarily limited. Some of the contracts we enter into with our university clients contain limitations on our ability to contract with other institutions to provide the samemay encounter problems in developing or a similar offering.supporting apps for them. In addition, in order to maintain good relations with our university clients wesupporting new devices and mobile device operating systems may decide not to approach certain institutions that our university clients regard as their direct competitors to offer similar programs or courses, even if we are allowed to do so under our contracts.
We have agreed to incur, and we may incur in the future, costs to terminate some or all of the exclusivity obligations in certain of our university client contracts.
Certain of our contracts with our university clients limit our ability to enable competitive offerings with other schools. In our Graduate Program Segment, we have determined that enabling some of these contractually prohibited competitive programs may be part of our business strategy. To eliminate some or all of the exclusivity obligations in certain university clients’ contracts with us, we have agreed with certain university clients in our Graduate Program Segment to do some or all of the following: make fixed and contingent cash payments over time, reduce our revenue share over time, and/or make minimum investments in marketing under certain conditions.
We may determine in the future that enabling additional contractually prohibited competitive programs or courses is desirable, and we may therefore agree with additional university clients to incur costs similar to those above to reduce or eliminate the exclusivity obligations contained in their contracts with us.
If the competitive programs or courses we ultimately enable fail to reach scale or cannot be scaled at a reasonable cost, or if we need to incur contingent costs in connection with offering competitive programs or courses, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired.
Attracting new university clients for the launch of new offerings is complex and time-consuming. If we pursue unsuccessful opportunities, we may forgo more profitable opportunities and our operating results and growth would be harmed.
The process of identifying new offerings at selective nonprofit colleges and universities, and then negotiating contracts with potential university clients, is complex and time-consuming. Because of the initial reluctance on the part of some nonprofit colleges and universities to embrace a new method of delivering their education services and the complicated approval process within universities, our sales process to attract and engage a new university client can be lengthy. Depending on the particular college or university and the particular offering, we may face resistance from university administrators or faculty members during the process.
The sales cycle for a new university client often spans one year or longer. In addition, our sales cycle can vary substantially because of a number of factors, including the university client’s approval processes or disagreements over the terms of our offerings. We spendrequire substantial time and management resources on these sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will result in the launch of a new program or course. If we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful opportunities, we may forgo other more profitable university client relationships, which would harm our operating results and growth.resources.
To launch a new graduate program, we must incur significant expense in technology and content development, as well as marketing and sales, to identify and attract prospective students, and it may be several years, if ever, before we generate revenue from a new program sufficient to recover our costs.
To launch a new graduate program, we must integrate componentsThe success of our platform with the various student information and other operating systems our university clients use to manage functions within their institutions. In addition, our content development staff must work closely with that university client’s faculty members to produce engaging online coursework and content, and we must commence student acquisition activities. This process of launching a new graduate program is time-consuming and costly and, under our agreements with our university clients, we are primarily responsible for the significant costs of this effort, even before we generate any revenue. Additionally, during the life of our university client agreements, we are responsible for the costs associated with continued marketing, maintaining our platform and providing non-academic and other support for students enrolled in the graduate program. We invest significant resources in these new graduate

Table of Contents

programs from the beginning of our relationship with a university client, and there is no guarantee that we will ever recoup these costs.
Because our university client agreements provide that we receive a fixed percentage of the tuition that the university clients receive from the students enrolled in their graduate programs, we only begin to recover these costs once students are enrolled and our university clients begin billing students for tuition and fees. The time that it takes for us to recover our investment in a new graduate program depends on a variety ofmobile apps could also be harmed by factors primarily the level of our student acquisition costs and the rate of growth in student enrollment in the program. We estimate that, on average, it takes approximately four to five years after engagement with a university client to fully recover our investment in that university client’s new graduate program. Because of the lengthy period required to recoup our investment in a new graduate program, unexpected developments beyond our control could occur that result in the university client ceasing or significantly curtailing a graduate program before we are able to fully recoup our investment. As a result, we may ultimately be unable to recover the full investment that we make in a new graduate program or achieve our expected level of profitability for the graduate program.
If new offerings do not scale efficiently and in the time frames we expect, our reputation and our revenue will suffer.
Our continued growth and profitability depends on our and our university clients’ ability to successfully scale newly launched offerings. As we continue aggressively growing our business, we plan to continue to hire new employees at a rapid pace, particularly in our marketing and sales team and our technology and content development teams. If we cannot adequately train these new employees, we may not be successful in acquiring potential students for our offerings, which would adversely impact our ability to generate revenue, and our university clients and the students in their programs and courses could lose confidence in the knowledge and capability of our employees. If we cannot quickly and efficiently scale our technology to handle growing student enrollment and new offerings, our university clients’ and their students’ experiences may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.
In addition, in our Graduate Program Segment, if our university clients cannot quickly develop the infrastructure and hire sufficient faculty and administrators to handle growing student enrollments, our university clients’ and their students’ experiences with our platform may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.
Our ability to effectively manage any significant growth of new offerings and increasing student enrollment will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
satisfy existing students in, and attract and enroll new students for, our offerings;
assist our university clients in recruiting qualified faculty to support their expanding enrollments;
assist our university clients in developing and producing an increased volume of course content;
successfully introduce new features and enhancements and maintain a high level of functionality in our platform; and
deliver high-quality support to our university clients and their faculty and students.
Establishing new offerings or expanding existing offerings will require us to make investments in management and key staff, increase capital expenditures, incur additional marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. If student enrollment in our offerings does not increase, if we are unable to launch new offerings in a cost-effective manner or if we are otherwise unable to manage new offerings effectively, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired, and the quality of our platform and the satisfaction of our university clients and their students could suffer.
Our financial performance depends heavily on student retention within our offerings, and factors influencing student retention may be out of our control.
Once a student is enrolled in a program or course, we and our university client must retain the student over the life of the program or course to generate ongoing revenue. Our strategy involves offering high-quality support to students enrolled in these programs and courses to support their retention. If we do not help students quickly resolve any educational, technological or logistical issues they encounter, otherwise provide effective ongoing support to students or deliver the type of high-quality, engaging educational content that students expect, students may withdraw from the program or course, which would negatively impact our revenue.
In addition, student retention could be compromised by the following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control:

Table of Contents

Reduced support from our university clients.  Because revenue from a particular offering is directly attributable to the level of student enrollment in the offering, our ability to grow our revenue from a university client relationship depends on the growth of enrollment in that program. Our university clients could limit enrollment in their offerings, cease providing the offerings altogether or significantly curtail or inhibit our ability to promote their offerings, any of which would negatively impact our revenue.
Lack of support from faculty members in our university clients’ graduate programs.  It takes a significant time commitment and dedication from our university clients’ faculty members to work with us to develop course content for their graduate programs and courses designed for an online learning environment. Our university clients’ faculty may be unfamiliar with the development and production process, may not understand the time commitment involved to develop the course content, or may otherwise be resistant to changing the ways in which they present the same content in an on-campus class. Our ability to maintain high student retention will depend in part on our ability to convince our university clients’ faculty of the value in the time and effort they will spend developing the course content. Lack of support from faculty could cause the quality of our graduate programs to decline, which could contribute to decreased student satisfaction and retention in our Graduate Program Segment.
Student dissatisfaction.  Enrolled students may drop out of our offerings based on their individual perceptions of the value they are getting from the offering. For example, we may face retention challenges as a result of students’ dissatisfaction with the quality of course content and presentation, dissatisfaction with our university clients’ faculty, changing views of the value of our offerings and perceptions of employment prospects following completion of the program or course. Factors outside our control, relatedsuch as:
actions taken by mobile app distributors;
unfavorable treatment received by our mobile apps, especially as compared to student satisfaction with, and overall perceptioncompeting apps, such as the placement of a program or course may contribute to decreased student retention rates for that program.
Personal factors.  Factors impacting a student’s willingness and ability to stay enrolledour mobile apps in a programmobile app download store;
increased costs in the distribution and use of our mobile apps; or course include personal factors,
changes in mobile operating systems, such as ability to continue to pay tuition, ability to meet the rigorous demands of the offering,iOS and lack of time to continue classes, all of which are generally beyond our control.
If student retention is compromised by any of these factors, it could significantly reduce the revenueAndroid, that we generate from our offerings, which would negatively impact our return on investment for the particular offering, and could compromise our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.
Of the graduate programs we operate, only a small number contribute a significant portiondegrade functionality of our revenue, and lossmobile website or material underperformance of any one of these programs could have a disproportionate effect on our business.
In our Graduate Program Segment, we currently have, and for the foreseeable future expectmobile apps or that give preferential treatment to continue to have, a small number of graduate programs that contribute a meaningful portion of our revenue and generate positive earnings and cash flow. Therefore, if any of these programs were to materially underperform for any reason or if the university client for these programs terminate or do not renew their relationship with us, it would hurt our future financial performance.
A significant portion of our revenue is currently attributable to graduate programs with four university clients. The loss of, or a decline in enrollment in, these programs could significantly reduce our revenue.
We expect that our programs with our four largest university clients in the Graduate Program Segment will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other university client programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels. Any decline in reputation, any increase in tuition, or any changes in policies or leadership at these university clients, could adversely affect the number of students that enroll in these programs. Further, the faculty or administrators of these university clients could become resistant to offering their online programs through our platform, making it more difficult for us to attract and retain students. These university clients are not required to expand student enrollment in these online programs and, upon the expiration of their contracts, they are not required to continue using us as the provider of these or other online programs. If certain of these programs were to materially underperform for any reason or if any of these university clients terminated or did not renew their relationships with us, it would significantly reduce our revenue.
A significant portion of our revenue in the Short Course Segment is attributable to courses with three university clients. The loss of any of these clients, or a decline in enrollment in certain of these courses, could significantly reduce our revenue in this segment.
We expect that our courses with our three largest university clients in the Short Course Segment will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue in this segment. Any decline in these university clients’ reputations or any increase in the fees charged by the university clients for the courses could adversely affect the number of students that enroll in these courses. Further, these university clients could become resistant to offering online courses through our platform. These university clients are not required to continue using us as their provider for online short courses. If any of these university

Table of Contents

clients elected to end certain courses or to terminate or not renew their relationships with us, it would significantly reduce our revenue in this segment.
The loss, or material underperformance, of any one of our graduate programs could harm our reputation, which could in turn affect our profitability.
We rely on our reputation for delivering high-quality online graduate programs and recommendations from existing university clients to attract potential new university clients. Therefore, the loss of any single graduate program, or the failure of any university client to renew its agreement with us upon expiration, could harm our reputation and impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and ultimately to become profitable.competitive offerings.
If our security measuresclients or those ofstudents encounter difficulty accessing or using, or if they choose not to use, our third-party service providers are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data, we could lose university clients, fail to attract new university clients and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation.
Ourmobile platform, and computer systems store and transmit proprietary and confidential university, student, and company information, which may include personal information of students, prospective students, faculty and employees, that are subject to stringent legal and regulatory obligations. As a technology company, we face an increasing number of threats to our platform and computer systems including unauthorized activity and access, system viruses, worms, malicious code, denial of service attacks, and organized cyberattacks, any of which could breach our security and disrupt our platformgrowth prospects and our university clients’ offerings. The techniques used by computer hackers and cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access to data or to sabotage computer systems change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. We have implemented certain safeguards and processes to thwart hackers and protect the data in our platform and computer systems. However, our efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our platform, and the cybersecurity measures taken by our third-party service providersbusiness may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, it could result in the loss or misuse of proprietary and confidential university, student (including prospective student) and company information, which could subject us to liability, or interrupt our business, potentially over an extended period of time. Any or all of these issues could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract new university clients and students, cause existing university clients to scale back their offerings or elect not to renew their agreements, cause prospective students not to enroll or students to not stay enrolled in our offerings, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further, any reputational damage resulting from breach of our security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective university clients or students. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover losses associated with such events, and in any case, such insurance may not cover all of the types of costs, expenses and losses we could incur to respond to and remediate a security breach. As a result, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such disruptions or breaches.affected.
Many governments have enacted laws that require companies and institutions to notify impacted individuals of data breach incidents, usually in writing. Under the terms of our contracts with our university clients, we would be responsible for the costs of investigating and disclosing data breaches to the university clients’ students. In addition to costs associated with investigating and fully disclosing a data breach, we could be subject to substantial monetary fines or private claims by affected parties and our reputation would likely be harmed.
We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage thisour growth effectively, the success of our business model will be compromised.
We have experienced rapid growth in a relatively short period of time, which has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure facilities and other resources. Our ability to manage our operations and growth willmay require us to continue to expand our marketing and sales personnel technology team, finance and administrationon certain teams, as well as our facilities and infrastructure. We will also be required to refine our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. If we fail to manage this expansionthe growth of our business efficiently, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may not successfully expand our university client base, enhance our platform, develop new offerings with new and existing university clients, attract a sufficient number of qualified students in a cost-effective manner, satisfy the requirements of our existing university clients, respond to competitive challenges or otherwise execute our business plan. Accordingly, our historical revenue growth rate may not continue in the future.
Our ability to manage any significant growth of our business effectively will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
effectively recruit, integrate, train and motivate a large number ofany new employees, including our marketing and technology teams, while retaining existing employees;

Table of Contents

maintain the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture and effectively execute our business plan;
implement systems enhancements and continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls;
protect and further develop our strategic assets, including our intellectual property rights; and
make sound business decisions in light of the scrutiny associated with operating as a public company.
23

Table of Contents

These activities will require significant capital expenditures and allocation of valuable management and employee resources, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure.
We may not be able to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient,a cost-effective or timely manner, or at all. In particular, any failure to implement systems enhancements and improvements successfully will likelyall, which could negatively impact our ability to manage our expected growth, ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. Moreover, if we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively,affect the quality of our platform, could suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation, results of operations and overall business.
We may expand by acquiring or investing in other companies or technologies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our shareholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.
We have in the past acquired and may in the future acquire complementary products, services, technologies or businesses. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may often be subject to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control. In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other companies or technologies. We may not be able to identify desirable additional acquisition targets, may incorrectly estimate the value of an acquisition target or may not be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.
An acquisition, investment, or new business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties, expenditures and expenditures. It is also possible that the integration process could result in material challenges including without limitation:the following:
the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns and performance as a result of the devotion of management’s attention to acquisition or integration activities;performance;
managing a larger combined company;
maintaining employee morale and retaining key management and other employees;
the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying expectations regarding the integration process;
retaining existing business and operational relationships and attracting new business and operational relationships;
consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations and inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies;
coordinating geographically separate organizations;
unanticipated issues in integrating information technology, communications and other systems;
undetected errors or unauthorized use of a third party’s code in the products of the acquired companies or in the technology acquired;
breaches toof our cybersecurity measures if there are cybersecurity issues we are not aware of at the time of the acquisition;
entry into highly competitive markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors have stronger market positions; and
exposure to unknown liabilities, including claims and disputes by third parties against the companies we acquire.
Many of these factors will be outside of the combined company’s control and any one of them could result in delays, increased costs, decreased revenuesrevenue and diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Table of Contents

If we experience difficulties with the integration process following an acquisition, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized.
In addition, in connection with an acquisition, investment or new business relationship we may:
issue additional equity securities that would dilute current shareholders;
use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay or that may place burdensome restrictions on our operations;
incur large charges or substantial liabilities; or
become subject to adverse tax consequences.
24

Table of Contents

Any of these outcomes could harm our business and operating results. In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we have acquired and may acquire in the future may be allocated to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not ultimately yield expected returns, we may be required to make changes to our operating results based on our impairment assessment process. For example, an interim goodwill impairment test performed in 2019 indicated that the carrying value of Trilogy exceeded its fair value. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $70.4 million on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2019.As of December 31, 2021, our goodwill balance was $834.5 million and indefinite-lived intangible asset was $255.0 million, a significant portion of which relate to the edX Acquisition.
We face competition from established and emerging companies, which could divert university clients or students to our competitors, result in pricing pressure and significantly reduce our revenue.
We expect that the online learning market will continue to expand and that the number of degree and non-degree offerings available online will proliferate.
Particularly in the Degree Program Segment, the number of new competitive entrants into the online learning market has expanded rapidly in recent years. As the number of online degree programs expands, we face increasing competition to enroll students in our offerings. This expansion has also resulted in an increase in the number of regional online degree program offerings for potential students. In addition to making enrollment decisions based on factors such as program quality and university brand strength, we have observed potential students giving preference to universities located in their region, which has further impacted the competitive landscape in our Degree Program Segment.
In our Alternative Credential Segment, which has a lower barrier to entry, we face increasing competition from other providers of massive open online courses, which directly compete with our open course offerings, but have also expanded their offerings to include certificate offerings, nano-degrees and similar non-degree alternatives.We also face competition from companies that provide corporate training programs and online courses taught outside the university environment (e.g., by experts in various fields).Many of these competitors can also leverage the strength of their consumer facing brands to attract students to their offerings at a low cost.
We expect existing competitors and new entrants to the online learning market to revise and improve their business models constantly in response to challenges from competing businesses, including ours. If these or other market participants introduce new or improved delivery of online education and technology-enabled services that we cannot match or exceed in a timely or cost-effective manner, our ability to grow our revenue and achieve profitability could be compromised.
Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significantly greater resources than we do. Increased competition may result in pricing pressure for us in terms of the percentage of tuition and fees we are able to negotiate to receive. The competitive landscape may also result in longer and more complex sales cycles with a prospective university client or a decrease in our market share among selectiveselect nonprofit colleges and universities seeking to offer online graduate programs or short courses,educational offerings, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.
Particularly in our Short Course Segment, which has a lower barrier to entry, we are facing increasing competition from traditional massive open online course providers, which have evolved from providing massive open online courses to providing short course certificates, nano degrees and similar non-degree alternatives, as well as from companies that provide corporate training programs and online courses taught outside the university environment (e.g., by experts in various fields).
A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential university client and student opportunities or force us to offer our platform on less favorable economic terms, including:
competitors may develop service offerings that our potential university clients or students find to be more compelling than ours;
competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, adapt more quickly to new technologies and changes in university client and student requirements, and devote greater resources to the acquisition of qualified students than we can;
current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products and expand their markets, and our industry is likely to see an increasing number of new entrants and increased consolidation. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share; and
colleges and universities may choose to continue using or to develop their own online learning solutions in-house, rather than pay for our platform.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. In addition, competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability could be impaired.
25

Table of Contents

If for-profit postsecondary institutions, which offer online education alternatives different from ours, or online program management providers perform poorly or continue to attract negative publicity, it could tarnish the reputation of online education as a whole, which could impair our ability to grow our business.

Table of Contents

For-profit postsecondary institutions, many of which provide course offerings predominantly online, remain under intense regulatory and other scrutiny, which has led to media attention that has portrayed that sector in an unflattering light. Some for-profit online school operators have been subject to governmental investigations alleging the misuse of public funds, financial irregularities, exaggerated promises to students, and failure to achieve positive outcomes for students, including the inability to obtain employment in their fields. These allegations have attracted significant adverse media coverage and have prompted ongoing legislative hearings and actions as well as regulatory responses.responses at both the state and federal level. These investigations have focused on specific companies and individuals, and the entire industriesindustry in the case of marketing and recruiting practices by for-profit higher education companies. Even though we do not market our platform to thesefor-profit institutions, and have a different business model from them, this negative media attention may nevertheless add tofoster skepticism about online higher education generally includingand our platform.company specifically. Allegations of abuse of federal financial aid funds and other statutory violations against for-profit higher education companies, even if unfounded, could negatively impact our opportunity to succeed due to increased regulation or decreased demand for our offerings. Our company has been the subject of articles and decreased demand.inquiries by critics of for-profit education models generally, and such critics have advocated for changes in law and regulation at the state and federal level that would be adverse to our business model and have sought information and increased oversight regarding the business practices of online program management companies. Such critics have sometimes compared our business to that of entities that were formally for-profit institutions and that subsequently converted to non-profit status, and the conflation of these newer business models with our own may increase scrutiny of our business by Congress, DOE or other regulatory agencies. Any of these factors could negatively impact our ability to increase our university client base and grow our offerings and our revenue, which would make it difficult to continue to grow our business.
Our internal information technology systems are critical to our business. System integration and implementation issues could disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business or result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls.

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems, including systems for billing, human resources, enterprise resource planning, and customer relationship management. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our internal information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth, we must commit significant financial resources and personnel to maintain and enhance existing systems and develop or acquire new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in our business and information processing technology as well as evolving industry, regulatory, and accounting standards. If the information we rely upon to run our businesses is determined to be inaccurate or unreliable, or if we fail to properly maintain or enhance our internal information technology systems, we could have operational disruptions, significant deficiencies, or material weaknesses in our internal controls, incur increased operating and administrative expenses, lose our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports, or suffer other adverse consequences.
If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.
Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team. Because of our small number of university clients and the significant nature of each new university client relationship,In this respect, our senior management team is heavily involved in the university client identification and sales process, and their expertise is critical in navigating the complex approval processes of large nonprofit colleges and universities. We do not maintain key-person insurance on any of our employees, including our senior management team. The loss of the services of any individual on our senior management team, or failure to find a suitable successor, could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals.
Our future success also depends heavily on the retention of our marketing and sales, technology and content development and support teams to continue to attract and retain qualified students, in our university clients’ programs and courses, thereby generating revenue for us. In particular, our highly-skilled technology and content development employees provide the technical expertise underlying our bundledtechnology and technology-enabled services that support our university clients’ programs and coursesofferings and the students enrolled in these offerings. CompetitionWe have experienced intense competition for these employees, is intense. As a result,and we may be unable to attract or retain these key personnel that are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our relationships with university clients, loss of expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs.
In addition, as a result of business acquisitions, current and prospective employees of 2U and any acquired company may experience uncertainty about their future roles following the acquisition. If our employees or the employees of any acquired company depart because of issues relating to uncertainty or perceived difficulties of integration, our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition could be adversely impacted.
Our international operations expose us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows.
After the GetSmarter acquisition, we conduct a more substantial portion of our business outside the U.S. and we accordingly make certain business and resource decisions considering assumptions about foreign currency. As a result, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, in particular with respect to the volatility of the South African rand, or ZAR. While our reporting currency is in U.S. dollars, a portion of our consolidated revenues and expenses are denominated in ZAR, certain of our assets are denominated in ZAR and we have a significant employee base in South Africa. A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the ZAR could increase our cost of doing business in South Africa.

Table of Contents

Alternatively, if the ZAR depreciates against the U.S. dollar, the value of our ZAR revenues, earnings and assets as expressed in our U.S. dollar financial statements will decline. We have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign exchange risk. Our exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, including the ZAR, could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and cash flows.
In addition, local political events, financial instability and other factors can lead to economic uncertainty and currency exchange rate fluctuations. For example, the announcement of the Referendum of the U.K.’s Membership of the EU (referred to as “Brexit”), advising for the exit of the U.K. from the EU resulted in significant volatility in the global stock markets and exchange rate fluctuations.
The fluctuations of currencies in which we conduct business can both increase and decrease our overall revenue and expenses for any given fiscal period. Such volatility, even when it increases our revenues or decreases our expenses, impacts our ability to accurately predict our future results and earnings.
We have incurred substantial transaction and integration expenses related to the acquisition of GetSmarter and expect to incur additional integration expenses that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows.
We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, a number of non-recurring costs associated with the GetSmarter acquisition and combining the operations of the two companies. For example, we expect to incur costs related to formulating and implementing integration plans, including facilities and systems consolidation costs and employment-related costs. We continue to assess the magnitude of these costs, and additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of the two companies’ businesses. Any expected efficiencies to offset these costs may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.
We may need additional capital in the future to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to grow our business.
We may need to raise additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, accelerate our growth, develop new offerings or enhance our platform. If we seek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, if we have borrowings outstanding under our credit facility, we may be restricted from using the net proceeds of financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit our ability to manage our business and to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available if and when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate material parts of our business strategy.
We maintain offices outside of the United States, have international residents that apply to and enroll in our offerings and plan to expand our international business, which exposes us to risks inherent in international operations.
We have a branch office in Hong Kong for marketingSince 2017, and student support. In addition, we currently employ approximately 555 people in South Africa and 6 people in the United Kingdommore recently as a result of the acquisition of GetSmarter, whichedX Acquisition, we have significantly increased our international operations, including the number of international applicants and students in our offerings. One element of our growth strategy is to continue expanding our international operations and to establish a worldwidecontinue expanding our global student and client base. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks that could constrain our operations and compromise our growth prospects, including:
the need to localize and adapt online offerings for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and ensuring that these offerings enable our university clients to comply with local education laws and regulations;
the burden of complying with a wide variety of laws, including those relating to labor and employment matters, education, data protection and privacy;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including different pricing environments, longer sales cycles, longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;
26

Table of Contents

lack of familiarity with and unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;
challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;
new and different sources of competition, and practices which may favor local competitors;
weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

Table of Contents

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including labor and employment, tax, education, privacy and data protection, and anti-bribery laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act;
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;
restrictions on the transfer of funds;
adverse tax consequences, including liabilities for indirect taxes or the potential for required withholding taxes for our overseas employees;
terrorist attacks, public health crises, acts of violence or war and adverse environmental conditions;
a country’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic or economic and political measures taken to contain the spread of COVID-19 as well as any resurgence of the COVID-19 pandemic;
unstable regional, and economic or political conditions; and
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or restrictions on foreign currency and the resulting effecteffects on our revenue and expenses.
Our expansion efforts may not be successful. Our experience with attracting university clients and students in the U.S. may not be relevant to our ability to attract clients and students in other markets. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to attract university clients and students successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will be harmed.
Our operations in South Africa expose us to risks that could have an adverse effect on our business.
We expect to continue adding personnelhave a significant employee base in South Africa. We may incur costs complying with labor laws, rules and regulations in South Africa, including laws that regulate work time, provide for mandatory compensation in the event of termination of employment for operational reasons, and impose monetary penalties for non-compliance with administrative and reporting requirements in respect of affirmative action policies. Our reliance on a workforce in South Africa also exposes us to disruptions in the business, political, and economic environment in that region, as well as natural disasters, public health crises and other environmental conditions. Maintenance of a stable political environment is important to our operations in South Africa, and terrorist attacks and acts of violence or war may directly affect our physical facilities and workforce or contribute to general instability. Our operations in South Africa require us to comply with complex local laws and regulatory requirements and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk. The economy of South Africa in the past has been, and in the future may continue to be, characterized by rates of inflation and interest rates that are substantially higher than those prevailing in the United States, which could increase our South-African basedSouth-African-based costs and decrease our operating margins. Our operations in South Africa may also subject us to trade restrictions, exchange control limitations, reduced or inadequate protection for intellectual property rights, security breaches, and other factors that may adversely affect our business. Negative developments in any of these areas could increase our costs of operations or otherwise harm our business.
We engage some individuals classified as independent contractors, not employees, and if U.S. or international regulatory authorities mandate that they be classified as employees, our business would be adversely impacted.
We engage independent contractors and are subject to U.S. and international regulations and guidelines regarding independent contractor classification. These regulations and guidelines are subject to judicial and agency interpretation, and it could be determined that our current or former independent contractor classifications are inapplicable. Further, if legal standards for classification of independent contractors change, it may be necessary to modify our compensation structure for these personnel, including by paying additional compensation or reimbursing expenses. In addition, if our independent contractors are determined to have been misclassified as independent contractors, we would incur additional exposure under U.S. and international law, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. Any of these outcomes could result in
27

Table of Contents

substantial costs to us, could significantly impair our financial condition and our ability to conduct our business as we choose, and could damage our reputation and our ability to attract and retain other personnel.
We rely on certain third-party providers of software and services integral to the operations of our business.
We rely on software that we license from third parties and services provided by third parties to offer certain components of our technology and services. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses or services from third parties necessary for the continued provision of our technology and services, which might not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If our agreements with third-party software or services vendors are not renewed or the third-party software or services become obsolete, fail to function properly, are defective or otherwise fail to provide quality service or address our or our clients’ needs, there is no assurance that we would be able to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software or service provider with software or services from alternative providers. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.
Risks Related to the edX Acquisition and the Combined Company
We may experience difficulties in integrating the operations of edX into our business and in realizing the expected benefits of the edX Acquisition.
The success of the edX Acquisition depends in part on our ability to realize the anticipated business opportunities from combining the operations of edX with our business in an efficient and effective manner. Following the closing of the edX Acquisition, we are integrating the edX business with our existing business, which is a complex and time-consuming process. Our failure to meet the challenges involved in successfully integrating the operations of edX or to otherwise realize any of the anticipated benefits of the edX Acquisition, including additional cost savings and synergies, could impair our operations.It is possible that this integration and our efforts to realize the expected benefits of the edX Acquisition could result in material challenges, including, without limitation:
the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses, including as a result of diverting management’s attention to integration efforts;
unanticipated issues in integrating operations and systems, including administrative and information technology infrastructure and financial reporting and internal control systems;
the burden of complying with a wide variety of laws, including additional privacy, marketing and international trade and economic sanctions related laws, some of which did not apply to edX as a non-profit before the closing of the edX Acquisition;
managing a larger combined company;
maintaining employee morale and retaining key management and other employees;
maintaining the reputation and brand of edX, including as a result of the edX business ceasing to be operated by a non-profit entity;
the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying expectations regarding the integration process or expected synergies;
inability to realize the expected operating leverage, marketing efficiencies and other strategic benefits anticipated
inability to maintain and grow the edX enterprise business;
coordinating geographically separate organizations;
tax costs, liabilities or inefficiencies;
additional regulatory scrutiny focused on edX or the combined company; and
unforeseen expenses associated with the integration of the edX business.
Many of these factors are outside of our control and any one of them could result in delays, increased costs, decreases in revenues and diversion of management’s time and energy, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the edX Acquisition and could harm our financial performance. The initial anticipated cost savings, synergies and other benefits of the edX Acquisition assume a successful integration of edX’s operations and are based on projections and other assumptions, which are inherently uncertain. If we are unable to successfully or timely integrate the operations of edX with our business, we may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits resulting from the edX Acquisition, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Even if integration is successful,
28

Table of Contents

anticipated cost savings, synergies and other benefits may not be achieved. If, among other things, we are unable to achieve the anticipated strategic benefits or synergies, or if the integration costs related to the edX Acquisition are greater than expected, the market price of our common stock may decline. The market price of our common stock also may decline if we do not achieve the perceived benefits of the edX Acquisition as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by financial or industry analysts or if the effect of the edX Acquisition on our financial results is not consistent with the expectations of financial or industry analysts.
We have incurred substantial transaction and integration expenses related to the edX Acquisition and expect to incur additional integration expenses related to edX that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows.
We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, a number of non-recurring costs associated with the edX Acquisition and associated integration activities. For example, we expect to incur costs related to formulating and implementing integration plans, including facilities and systems consolidation costs and employment-related costs. We continue to assess the magnitude of these costs, and additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration process. Any expected efficiencies to offset these costs may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.
We do not control and may be unable to predict the future path of the Licensed edX Platform.
Certain of our offerings are hosted on the open source learner management platform that is owned by the non-profit entity that survived the edX Acquisition (the “Licensed Platform”). We do not own the Licensed Platform and we do not control and may be unable to predict the future path of open source technology development of the Licensed Platform, including the ongoing development of open source components used in the Licensed Platform, which could reduce the appeal of our offerings hosted on the Licensed Platform and damage our reputation. If open source software programmers, many of whom we do not employ, or our own internal programmers do not continue to develop and enhance the Licensed Platform, we may be unable to meet student or university requirements.
If students do not expand beyond the free offerings available on our platform, our ability to grow our business and improve our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Many of our students initially access the free or audit track of the open courses available on our platform.Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to persuade those students to enroll in the paid certificate track of the open courses available on our platform or in one of our other degree programs, executive education programs, boot camps or micro-credential courses. If students do not expand beyond free offerings, our ability to grow our business may be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Capital Structure
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk and prevent us from meeting our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.
As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $960.3 million of indebtedness on a consolidated basis. See Note 9 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:
limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments and other general corporate purposes;
require a substantial portion of our cash from operating activities to be dedicated to debt service payments and reduce the amount of cash available for working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to certain of our competitors who have less debt;
hinder our ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions;
limit our ability to secure adequate bank financing in the future with reasonable terms and conditions; and
increase our vulnerability to, and limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to, a potential downturn in general economic conditions or in one or more of our businesses.
The Indenture and the Term Loan Agreement contain, and the agreements governing indebtedness we may incur in the future may contain, affirmative and negative covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.
29

Table of Contents

In addition, we may need to amend agreements that use LIBOR as a benchmark for establishing the rate. On March 5, 2021, the authority that regulates LIBOR announced that it intends to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of one, three- and six-month LIBOR after June 30, 2023. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating such LIBOR periods will be established such that they continue to exist after June 30, 2023. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, has recommended replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR periods with a newly created term index based on the secured overnight financing rate, commonly referred to as ‘Term SOFR’; provided, that, our Term Loan Agreement, after the cessation of such LIBOR periods, shall use firstly ‘Term SOFR’ plus a customary market adjustment and if Term SOFR is no longer available, overnight SOFR plus a customary market adjustment. It is not possible to predict the effect of these changes, other reforms or the establishment of alternative reference rates in the United Kingdom, the United States or elsewhere.
Despite current indebtedness levels and existing restrictive covenants, we may still incur additional indebtedness that could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial financial leverage.
We may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future under the agreements governing our indebtedness. We will not be restricted under the terms of the Indenture from incurring additional debt. Although the Term Loan Agreement contains,and any future indebtedness may contain, restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of thresholds, qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, these restrictions could permit us to incur obligations that, although preferential to our common stock in terms of payment, do not constitute indebtedness.
Furthermore, any future indebtedness may prohibit or otherwise restrict us from making any cash payments on the conversion or repurchase of the Notes. Our failure to make cash payments upon the conversion or repurchase of the Notes as required under the terms of the Notes would permit holders of the Notes to accelerate our obligations under the Notes. In addition, any future indebtedness that we may incur may contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to operate our business, raise capital or make payments under our other indebtedness. If we fail to comply with such covenants or to make payments under our indebtedness when due, then we would be in default under that indebtedness, which could, in turn, result in that indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full.
The Term Loan Agreement contains a financial covenant that may limit our operational flexibility.
In connection with the edX Acquisition, we entered into the Term Loan Agreement, which requires us to comply with several customary financial and other restrictive covenants, such as maintaining leverage ratios in certain situations, maintaining insurance coverage, and restricting our ability to make certain investments. We are also required to maintain minimum Recurring Revenues (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company commencing with fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2021 through the Maturity Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement), which may limit our ability to engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, or enter into various transactions.
This covenant may limit the flexibility of our operations, and failure to meet this financial covenant could result in a default under the Term Loan Agreement. If such a default were to occur, the lenders would have the right to terminate their commitments to provide loans under the Term Loan Agreement and declare any and all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, the lenders would have the right to proceed against the collateral in which we granted a first priority security interest to them, which consists of substantially all our assets. If the debt under the Term Loan Agreement were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance the debt or sell sufficient assets to repay the debt, which could immediately materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make cash payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend upon our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operating activities or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or amounts paid upon conversion of the Notes, or if we fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness and we are unable to obtain waivers from the required lenders or noteholders, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of our indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. As a result, we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
30

Table of Contents

We may be unable to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the Notes for cash following a “fundamental change,” or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion, and our other indebtedness may limit our ability to repurchase the Notes or pay cash upon their conversion.
Holders of the Notes may, subject to certain exceptions, require us to repurchase their Notes following a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture) at a cash repurchase price generally equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion, we will satisfy part or all of our conversion obligation in cash unless we elect to settle conversions solely in shares of our common stock. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repurchase the Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. In addition, applicable law, regulatory authorities and the agreements governing our other indebtedness may restrict our ability to repurchase the Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. Our failure to repurchase Notes or to pay the cash amounts due upon conversion when required will constitute a default under the Indenture. A default under the Indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our other indebtedness, which may result in that other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy all amounts due under the other indebtedness and the Notes.
Conversion of the Notes may dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders or may otherwise depress the price of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the Notes may dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares upon any conversion of the Notes. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the Notes could be used to satisfy short positions. The anticipated conversion of the Notes into shares of our common stock could also depress the price of our common stock.
Provisions in the Notes, Indenture and in the Term Loan Agreement could delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover of us.
Certain provisions in the Notes and the Indenture could make a third-party attempt to acquire us more difficult or expensive. For example, if a takeover constitutes a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture), then noteholders will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes for cash. In addition, if a takeover constitutes a “make-whole fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture), then we may be required to temporarily increase the conversion rate. In either case, and in other cases, our obligations under the Notes and the Indenture, as well as the Term Loan Agreement, under which a “change of control” is an event of default resulting in acceleration of all indebtedness thereunder, could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us or removing incumbent management, including in a transaction that noteholders or holders of our common stock may view as favorable.
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, could have a material effect on our reported financial results.
In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contract on an Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”), which amends the accounting standards for convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion. ASU 2020-06 eliminates requirements to separately account for liability and equity components of such convertible debt instruments and eliminates the ability to use the treasury stock method for calculating diluted earnings per share for convertible instruments whose principal amount may be settled using shares. Instead, ASU 2020-06 requires (i) the entire amount of the security to be presented as a liability on the balance sheet and (ii) application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share. Under the if-converted method, diluted earnings per share will generally be calculated assuming that all the Notes were converted solely into shares of common stock at the beginning of the reporting period, unless the result would be anti-dilutive, which could adversely affect our diluted earnings per share. However, if the principal amount of the convertible debt security being converted is required to be paid in cash and only the excess is permitted to be settled in shares, the if-converted method will produce a similar result as the treasury stock method prior to the adoption of ASU 2020-06 for such convertible debt security.
We will adopt ASU 2020-06 in the first quarter of 2022, using the modified retrospective basis, effective as of January 1, 2022. Following adoption of this ASU, we will no longer separate the liability and equity components of the Notes on our balance sheet.
The capped call transactions may affect the value of our common stock.
In connection with the Notes, we entered into capped call transactions with certain option counterparties. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution upon any conversion of the Notes and/or offset any cash
31

Table of Contents

payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.
The option counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions from time to time (and are likely to do so following any conversion of the Notes, any repurchase of the Notes by us on any fundamental change repurchase date, any redemption date or any other date on which the Notes are retired by us, in each case, if we exercise our option to terminate the relevant portion of the capped call transactions). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock.
In addition, if any such capped call transactions are terminated for any reason, the option counterparties or their respective affiliates may unwind their hedge positions with respect to our common stock, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.
Furthermore, the option counterparties are financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that any or all of them might default under the capped call transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. Past global economic conditions have resulted in the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of a number of financial institutions. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the capped call transactions with such option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market price and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties.
We might not be able to utilize a portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability.
As of December 31, 2018,2021, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2029. Our gross state net operating loss carryforwards are equal to or less than the federal net operating loss carryforwards and expire over various periods based on individual state tax laws. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, we determined that such an ownership change occurred. Absent a subsequent ownership change, however, all of our historical net operating losses should be available. Therefore, the occurrence of the ownership change during the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 is not expected to limit our ability to carry forward historical net operating losses before expiration. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. If a future ownership change occurs and limits our ability to use our historical net operating loss carryforwards, it would harm our future financial statement results by increasing our future tax obligations. We also have net operating loss carryforwards in South Africa and the United Kingdom and there is no guarantee that entities in these countries will generate enough taxable income to fully utilize them.
We engage some individuals classified as independent contractors, not employees, and if federal or state law mandates that they be classified as employees,may need additional capital in the future to pursue our business wouldobjectives. Additional capital may not be adversely impacted.

Table of Contents

We engage independent contractors and are subject to the Internal Revenue Service regulations and applicable state law guidelines regarding independent contractor classification. These regulations and guidelines are subject to judicial and agency interpretation, and itavailable on favorable terms, or at all, which could be determined that the independent contractor classification is inapplicable. Further, if legal standards for classification of independent contractors change, it may be necessary to modify our compensation structure for these personnel, including by paying additional compensation or reimbursing expenses. In addition, if our independent contractors are determined to have been misclassified as independent contractors, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state law, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. Any of these outcomes could result in substantial costs to us, could significantly impair our financial condition andcompromise our ability to conductgrow our business.
We may need to raise additional funds to respond to business aschallenges or opportunities, accelerate our growth, develop new offerings or enhance our platform. Our continued access to sources of liquidity depends on multiple factors, including global economic conditions, the condition of global financial markets, the availability of sufficient amounts of financing and our operating performance, all of which may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. If we choose, andseek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, under our Term Loan Agreement, we may be restricted from using the net proceeds of financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack of sufficient capital resources could damage our reputation andsignificantly limit our ability to attractmanage our business and retain other personnel.
We rely on third-party software to provide certain componentstake advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available if and when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate material parts of our platform, which may be difficult to obtain or which could cause errors or failures of our platform.
We rely on software licensed from third parties to offer certain components of our technology and services. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use intellectual property necessary for the continued use of our technology and services, which might not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use a component of our technology or services could result in errors or failures of our platform until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our platform, which could harm our business.business strategy.
Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business and That of Our University Clients
Our business model relies on university client institutions complying with federal and state laws and regulations.
32

Table of Contents

Higher education is heavily regulated. All of our university clients in the United States and certain university clients outside of the United States participate in Title IV federal student financial assistance programs under the HEA of 1965, as amended, or HEA, and are subject to extensive regulation by the DOE, as well as various state agencies, licensing boards and accrediting commissions. To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE, and be certified by the DOE as an eligible institution. If a university client participating in Title IV was found to be in non-compliance with any of these laws, regulations, standards or policies, the university client could lose some or all of its access to Title IV program funds, lose the ability to offer certain programs or lose theirits ability to operate in certain states, any of which could cause our revenue from that university client’s program to decline.
The regulations, standards and policies applicable to our university clients change frequently and are often subject to interpretation. Changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations or standards could compromise our university clients’ accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities or use of federal funds under Title IV programs. We cannot predict with certainty how the requirements applied by our university clients’ regulators will be interpreted, or whether our university clients will be able to comply with these requirements in the future.
Certain requirements of Title II and Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act apply to us and our university clients and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1974 applies to our university clients that receive federal funding. Further, in the absence of definitive federal rulemaking, the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.1, a set of recommendations and technical standards for making websites accessible to individuals with disabilities published by the World Wide Web Consortium, have become the effective standard for learner-facing aspects of our platform. We may not be successful in ensuring that our offerings and services comply with these changing statutory and regulatory requirements, which could make our solutions less attractive to our clients and students, and we expect to incur ongoing costs of compliance.
Our activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations and other requirements.
Although we are not an institution of higher education, we are required to comply with certain education laws and regulations as a result of our role as a service provider to higher education institutions, either directly or indirectly through our contractual arrangements with university clients. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in breach of contract and indemnification claims and could cause damage to our reputation and impair our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.
Activities of the U.S. Congress or Department of Education could result in adverse legislation or regulatory action.actions or investigations.
The process of re-authorizationreauthorization of the HEA began in 2014 and is ongoing.expected to continue until the HEA is updated. Congressional hearings will continue to be scheduled by the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Education and the Workforce and other Congressional committees regarding various aspects of the education industry, including accreditation matters, student debt, student recruiting, cost of tuition, distance learning, competency-based learning, student success and outcomes and other matters. Future hearings may include a discussion of the role of online program management companies.
The increased scrutiny and results-based accountability initiatives in the education sector, as well as ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding spending levels and other issues, could lead to significant changes in connection with the reauthorization of the HEA or otherwise. These changes may place new or additional regulatory burdens on postsecondary schools generally, and specific initiatives may be targeted at or have an impact upon companies like us that serve higher education. The adoption of any laws or regulations that limit our ability to provide our bundled services to our university clients could compromise our

Table of Contents

ability to drive revenue through their programs or make our platform less attractive to them. Congress could also enact laws or authorize regulations that require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase our costs.costs, including as a result of new regulatory burdens.
In addition, regulatory activities and initiatives of the DOE may have similar consequences for our business even in the absence of Congressional action. For example, DOE initiated two new rulemaking processes in 2021 that may impact our partners. While neither proceeding is expected to directly impact our business model, we cannot predict the impact that these and other, future DOE initiatives may have on us, our reputation or operating results.
Our business model, which depends on our ability to receive a share of tuition revenue as payment from our university clients, has been validated by a DOE “dear colleague” letter, but such validation is not codified by statute or regulation and may be subject to change.
Each institution that participates in Title IV programs agrees it will not “provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to
33

Table of Contents

any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of Title IV, HEA program funds.” AllVirtually all of our university clients participate in Title IV Programs.
Although this rule, referred to as the incentive compensation rule, generally prohibits entities or individuals from receiving incentive-based compensation payments for the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students, the DOE provided official policy guidance in 2011 permitting tuition revenue-sharing arrangements known as the “bundled services rule.” Our current business model relies heavilyin part on the bundled services rule to enter into tuition revenue-sharing agreements with our university clients.
Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by the DOE in the form of a “dear colleague” letter, or DCL, and is not codified by statute or regulation, there is risk that the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public comment period or othercustomary administrative procedural requirements, such as adequate prior notice, that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Although the DCL representsremains the currentlongstanding policy of the DOE, the bundled services rule could be reviewed, altered or vacated in the future. In addition, the legal weight the DCL would carry in litigation over the propriety of any specific compensation arrangements under the HEA or the incentive compensation rule is uncertain. We can offer no assurances as to how the DCL would be interpreted by a court. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the DOE or a court, whether in an action involving our company or our university clients, or in action that does not involve us, could require us to change our business model and renegotiate the terms of many of our university client contracts and could compromise our ability to generate revenue.
If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our university clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities.
Even though the DCL clarifies that tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with our university clients are permissible, we are still subject to other provisions of the incentive compensation rule that prohibit us from offering to our employees who are involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful identification, admission or enrollment of students into any institution. If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our university clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities, including liabilities related to “whistleblower” claims under the federal False Claims Act. Any such claims, even if without merit, could require us to incur significant costs to defend the claim, distract management’s attention and damage our reputation.
If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the misrepresentation rule, or similar federal and state regulatory requirements, we could face fines, sanctions and other liabilities.
We are required to comply with other regulations promulgated by the DOE that affect our student acquisition activities, including the misrepresentation rule. The misrepresentation rule is broad in scope and applies to statements our employees, subcontractors or agents may make about the nature of a university client’s program, a university client’s financial charges or the employability of a university client’s program graduates. A violation of this rule, FTC rules or other federal or state regulations applicable to our marketing activities by an employee, subcontractor or agent performing services for university clients could lead to governmental investigations and sanctions, hurt our reputation, result in the termination of university client contracts, require us to pay fines or other monetary penalties or require us to pay the costs associated with indemnifying a university client from private claims or government investigations.
If our university clients fail to maintain their state authorizations, or we or our university clients violate other state laws and regulations, students in their offerings could be adversely affected and we could lose our ability to operate in that state and provide services to these university clients.
Our university clients must be authorized in certain states to offer online educational offerings, engage in recruiting and operate externships, internships, clinical training or other forms of field experience, depending on state law. The loss of or

Table of Contents

failure to obtain state authorization would, among other things, limit the ability of a university client to enroll students in that state, render the university client and its students ineligible to participate in Title IV programs in that state, diminish the attractiveness of the university client’s offering and ultimately compromise our ability to generate revenue and become profitable.
In addition, if we or any of our university clients fail to comply with any state agency’s rules, regulations or standards beyond authorizations, the state agency or state attorney general could limit the ability of the university client to offer educational offerings in that state or limit our ability to perform our contractual obligations to our university client in that state.
If our university clients fail to maintain institutional or programmatic accreditation for their offerings, our revenue could be materially affected.
34

Table of Contents

The loss or suspension of a university client’s accreditation or other adverse action by the university client’s institutional or programmatic accreditor would render the institution or its offerings ineligible to participate in Title IV programs, could prevent the university client from offering certain educational offerings and, for certain degree-granting programs, could make it impossible for the graduates of the university client’s program to obtain employment in the profession for which they trained. If any of these results occurs, it could hurt our ability to generate revenue from that offering.
Our future growth could be impaired if our university clients fail to obtain timely approval from applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs, make substantive changes to existing programs or expand their programs into or within certain states.
Our university clients are required to obtain the appropriate approvals from the DOE and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies for new programs or locations, which may be conditioned, delayed or denied in a manner that could impair our strategic plans and future growth. Regulatory constraints have resulted in delays to various approvals our university clients are requesting, and such delays could in turn delay the timing of our ability to generate revenue from our university clients’ programs.
If more state agencies require specialized approval of our university clients’ offerings, our operating costs could riseincrease significantly, approval times could lag, or we could be prohibited from operating in certain states.
In addition to state licensing agencies, our university clients may be required to obtain approval from professional licensing boards in certain states to offer specialized programs in specific fields of study. Currently, relatively few states require institutions to obtain professional board approval for their online educational offerings. However, more states could pass laws requiring our university clients’ offerings, such as graduate programs in teaching or nursing, to obtain approval from state professional boards. If a significant number of states pass additional laws requiring schools to obtain professional board approval, the cost of obtaining all necessary state approvals could dramatically increase, which could make our platform less attractive to university clients, and these university clients could be barred from operating in some states entirely.
Evolving regulations and legal obligations related to data privacy, data protection and information security and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations, could have an adverse effect on our business.
The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and data security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and likely is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. In providing our platform to university clients and in operating our business, we collect and process regulated personal information from students, faculty, prospective students and employees. Our handling of this personal information is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, which have been adopted by federal, state and foreign governments to regulate the collection, distribution, use and storage of personal information. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with these privacy laws and regulations or any security incident that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of this personal information in our possession, could result in government enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, all of which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.
Various federal, state and foreign legislative, regulatory or other governmental bodies may enact new or additional laws or regulations, or issue rulings that invalidate priorhave adopted laws or regulations concerning privacy, security, data storage and data protection that could materially adversely impact our business. Moreover, much of the personal information we collect and process is regulated by multiple privacy laws across various jurisdictions.For example, in April 2016, the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union formally adopted a comprehensive General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)(“GDPR”), which took effect in May 2018. The GDPR introduces2018, introduced robust new requirements for the protection of personal data of individuals in the European Union (“EU”) and substantial fines for non-compliance, including fines up to 4% of a Company’s annual global revenue.However, with the withdrawal of the United Kingdom (“UK”) from the EU in 2020, we must also now comply with the local laws of that jurisdiction such as the UK Data Protection Act 2018 and the UK General Data Protection Regulation.This introduces the risk of possible enforcement from a separate data protection authority, with its distinct power to impose substantial fines for non-compliance. As another example, in July 2020, South Africa’s privacy law known as the Protection of Personal Information Act became effective, mandating new requirements for processing of personal information by entities domiciled in South Africa, and our Company must comply with these laws.
We are also subject to evolving EU rules on data transfer, as we may transfer personal data from the European Economic Area to other jurisdictions.The invalidation of the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield framework in July 2020 and introduction of updated Standard Contractual Clauses (SCC) in 2021 for alternative means of cross-border data transfer, introduces additional complexity and risk to our compliance measures.
In the U.S., the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) took effect in January 2020. Pursuant to the CCPA, we are required, among other things, to meet certain enhanced notice requirements to California residents regarding our use or disclosure of their personal information, allow California residents to opt-out of certain uses and disclosures of their personal
35

Table of Contents

information without penalty, and provide Californians with other choices related to personal data in our possession. The California Attorney General may seek substantial monetary penalties and injunctive relief in the event of our non-compliance with the CCPA. The CCPA also allows for private lawsuits from Californians in the event of certain data breaches.
We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, rulings and industry standards concerning privacy, security, data storage and data protection in the U.S., the EU and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations, rulings and standards may have on our business. For example, the European ePrivacy Directive (Directive 2002/58/EC, as amended by Directive 2009/136/EC), which obliges EU member states to introduce certain national laws regulating privacy in the electronic communications sector, will soon be replaced by the ePrivacy Regulation. As the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development and in draft form, and as further guidance is issued and interpretations of both the ePrivacy Regulation and the GDPR develop, it is difficult to assess the impact of either on our business or operations, but it may require us to modify our data practices and policies (e.g.,policies. In addition, in relation2021 new privacy laws were passed in China, Brazil and other jurisdictions, and many countries are considering updates to management of cookiestheir current data protection regulations, including Australia and direct marketing messages sent throughIndia.

Table of Contents

different media) and we could incur substantial costs as a result. We are also subject to evolving EU laws on data transfer, as we may transfer personal data from the European Economic Area to other jurisdictions. There is currently litigation challenging various EU mechanisms for adequate data transfers and it is uncertain whether various mechanisms, such as the “Privacy Shield” or “model contractual clauses” will be invalidated by the European courts.
Similarly, inIn the U.S., various states have either passed or proposed privacy laws that will go into effect in the next few years. For example, California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) in 2018 (set to go into effect in 2020), and Massachusetts recently proposed MA Bill SD 341, “An Act relative to consumer data privacy.” There are similar bills pending in a number of other states, as well. CCPA and MA Bill SD 341 each represent a trend towardtowards stronger privacy protections and greater data transparencytransparency. In January 2023, the California Consumer Privacy Act, which includes significant amendments to the CCPA, becomes operative, thereby placing additional obligations on us to protect personal information, to offer enhanced data rights to Californians, and to provide notice regarding our data sharing practices.Likewise, both Colorado and Virginia passed consumer privacy laws in the U.S.. Currently, federal law legislates privacy on an industry by industry basis.2021. Without an overarching federal law driving privacy compliance in the U.S., the risk is high of a patchwork of privacy legislation formed by individual state laws, similar to the states’ approach to breach notification obligations. This could not only increase costs for compliance but also raise the risk of enforcement by individual state Attorneys General.attorneys general.
Complying with these and other changing requirements could cause us to incur substantial costs, or require us to change our business practices, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.
We are required to comply with Thethe Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, and failure to do so could harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.
FERPA generally prohibits an institution of higher education participating in Title IV programs from disclosing personally identifiable information from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. Our university clients and their students disclose to us certain information that originates from or comprises a student education record under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions participating in Title IV programs, we are indirectly subject to FERPA, and we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any personally identifiable information from a student record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute. If we violate FERPA, it could result in a material breach of contract with one or more of our university clients and could harm our reputation. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the DOE could require a university client to suspend our access to theirits student information for at least five years.
In our Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment, we are subject to risks and compliance rules and regulations related to the third-party credit card payment processing platform integrated within our websites or otherwise used by our business.
Students typically use a credit or debit card to pay application and enrollment fees and to make tuition payments for the offerings in our short courses.Alternative Credential Segment that are not free. We are subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. We believe that we and the payment processing service providers we use are compliant in all material respects with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard. However, there is no guarantee that such compliance will be maintained or that compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our systems that are integrated with our payment processing providers. If we or any of the third-party payment processors we use failsfail to be in compliance with applicable credit card rules and regulations, we may be required to migrate to an alternate payment processor which could result in transaction downtime during the migration and/or a loss of students and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to governmental export, import and sanctions controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.
Our business activities are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export and similar laws and regulations, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. The U.S. export control laws and U.S. economic sanctions laws include restrictions or prohibitions on the sale of certain services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons, and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain technology and have
36

Table of Contents

enacted or could enact laws that could limit our ability to provide students access to our platform or could limit our students’ ability to access or use our services in those countries.
Changes in our platform, or future changes in export and import regulations, may prevent our international students from utilizing our platform or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our platform to certain countries, governments, or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions, or related legislation or changes in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our platform by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell subscriptions to our platform to, existing or potential students internationally. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial results.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us may hurt our business.
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to avoid infringing intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The technology and software fields generally are characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation and many companies that own, or claim to own, intellectual property have aggressively asserted their rights. In addition, we face potential copyright and trademark infringement from the content we produce in connection with our marketing activities, including in websites related to our offerings. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others, and we expect that third parties will assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. In addition, our university client agreements require us to indemnify our university clients against claims that our platform infringes the intellectual property rights of third parties.
Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our university clients from intellectual property infringement claims or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and would be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing

Table of Contents

patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:
hurt our reputation;
adversely affect our relationships with our current or future university clients;
cause delays or stoppages in providing our platform;
divert management’s attention and resources;
require technology changes to our software that could cause us to incur substantial cost;
subject us to significant liabilities; and
require us to cease some or all of our activities.
In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may include attorneys’ fees, treble damages in the event of a finding of willful infringement, or, in some circumstances, damages against our university clients, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our bundled technology-enabled platform unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all.
We may incur liability, or our reputation may be harmed, as a result of the activities of our university clients and students or the content in our online learning environments.platforms.
We may be subject to potential liability for the activities of our university clients or students in connection with the data they post or store in our online learning platform.platforms. For example, university personnel or students, or our employees or independent contractors, may post to our online learning platformplatforms various articles or other third-party content for use in class discussions or within asynchronous lessons.
Various U.S. federal statutes may apply to us with respect to these activities. The Copyright Act of 1976 provides recourse to copyright owners who believe that their rights under U.S. copyright law have been infringed on the internet. Those rights can be limited by operation ofFor example, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998, or DMCA suchand the Communications Decency Act, or CDA, have provisions that we may not be liablelimit our liability for infringingcertain content posted by university clients or students, provided that we follow the procedures for handling copyright infringement claims set forth in the DMCA.third parties on our platforms.
37

Table of Contents

Although statutes and case law in the U.S. have generally shielded us from liability for these activities to date, court rulings in pending or future litigation may narrow the scope of protection afforded us under these laws. In addition, laws governing these activities are unsettled in many international jurisdictions. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, distribution or other use of third-party content. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter or cease our uses of such material, which may include changing or removing content from courses or altering the functionality of our online learning platform, or to pay monetary damages.
Additionally, university personnel or students, or our employees or independent contractors could use our online learning platform to store or process regulated personal information without our knowledge. In the event that our systems experience a data security incident, or an individual or entity accesses information without, or in excess of, proper authorization, we could be subject to data security incident notification laws, as described elsewhere, which may require prompt remediation and notification to individuals. If we are unaware of the data and information stored on our systems, we may be unable to appropriately comply with all legal obligations, and we may be exposed to governmental enforcement or prosecution actions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and these incidents could harm our reputation and business.
Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our platform, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.
We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and domain names, as critical to our success. We protect our proprietary information from unauthorized use and disclosure by entering into confidentiality agreements with any party whothat may come in contact with such information. We also seek to ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by signing agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies and any other third party whothat may create intellectual property for us and that assigns theirany copyright and patent rights to us.

Table of Contents

However, these arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.
We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe on our trademark or service mark rights, third parties may challenge our trademark or service mark rights, and pending or future trademark or service mark applications may not be approved. In addition, effective trademark protection may not be available in every country in which we operate or intend to operate. In any or all cases, we may be required to expend significant time and expense to prevent infringement or enforce our rights.
Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries may not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, the laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property rights. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering services that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our platform. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate litigation such as infringement or administrative proceedings, to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing upon our intellectual property rights.
The use of “open source” software in our platform could negatively affect our ability to offer our platform and subject us to possible litigation.
A substantial portion of our platform incorporates so-called “open source” software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source licenses may, in certain circumstances, require us to offer our platform that incorporates the open source software for no cost, that weto make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that weto license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. Our efforts to monitor the use of open source software in our platform to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose our source code when we do not wish to do so, may be unable to prevent such use from occurring. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party without our knowledge, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to comply with the foregoing conditions. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software that we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be
38

Table of Contents

required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from offering the component of our platform that contained the open source software and being required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt our ability to offer certain components of our platform.
We could also be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to offer our platform. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.
If internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, our search engine optimization capability in connection with our student recruiting efforts could be harmed.
Our search engine optimization capability in connection with our student acquisition efforts substantially depends on various internet search engines, such as Google, to direct a significant amount of traffic to websites related to our offerings. Our ability to influence the number of visitors directed to these websites through search engines is not entirely within our control. For example, search engines frequently revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search result listings. In 2011, Google announced an algorithm change that affected nearly 12% of their U.S. query results. Future changes that may be made by Google or any other search engines could impact our ability to effectively utilize search engine optimization as part of our student acquisition strategies in the long-term. Changes in the methodologies used by search engines to display results could cause the websites related to our offerings to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the number of prospective students who visit these websites from search engines. Any reduction in the number of prospective students directed to our websites could negatively affect our ability to generate prospective students, and ultimately revenue, through our student acquisition activities.

Table of Contents

Individuals that appear in content hosted on our online learning platform may claim violation of their rights.
Faculty and students that appear in video segments hosted on our online learning platform may claim that proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases were not obtained for use of their likenesses, images or other contributed content. Our contracts typically require that our university clients ensure that proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases are obtained for their course material, but we cannot know with certainty that they have obtained all necessary rights. Moreover, the laws governing rights of publicity and privacy, and the laws governing faculty ownership of course content, are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, such that the enforcement of agreements to transfer the necessary rights is unclear. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, display, distribution or other use of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter or cease our use of such material, which may include changing or removing content from courses, or to pay monetary damages. Moreover, claims by faculty and students could damage our reputation, regardless of whether such claims have merit.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly operating results have historically fluctuated due to seasonality and changes in our business, and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:
the timing of our costs incurred in connection with the launch of new graduatedegree programs and the delay in receiving revenue from these new programs, which delay may last for several years;
seasonal variation driven by the semester schedules for our university clients’ graduatedegree programs and seasonal engagement patterns of students on the edX marketplace, which may vary from year to year;
changes in the student enrollment and retention levels in our university clients’ offerings;
changes in our key metrics or the methods used to calculate our key metrics;
changes in tuition rates;
the timing and amount of our marketing and sales expenses;
costs necessary to improve and maintain our platform;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on the global economy, educational institutions and our results of operations;
costs related to any acquisition and integration of business and technology;
our ability to effectively integrate businesses and technologies that we acquire;
impairment of goodwill or intangible assets; and
changes in the prospects of the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective university clients’ or students’ spending priorities or could increase the time it takes us to launch new offerings.
39

Table of Contents

Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially.
The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.
OurThe trading price of the shares of our common stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:
actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

Table of Contents

variations between our actual operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community;
changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;stock or our failure to meet these financial estimates;
conditions or trends in our industry, the stock market or the economy;
the level of demand for our stock, including the amount of short interest in our stock;
stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the software and information technology industries;
announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;
announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;
capital commitments;
investors’ general perception of our company and our business;
actions instituted by activist shareholders or others;
lawsuits threatened or filed against us;
recruitment or departure of key personnel; and
sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.stockholders; and
In addition,other factors such as political or social unrest, terrorist attacks, other hostilities, natural disasters and potential public health crises, such as COVID-19.
Activist shareholders who disagree with the composition of our board of directors, our strategy or the way we are managed may seek to effect change through various strategies that range from private engagement to publicity campaigns, proxy contests, efforts to force transactions not supported by our board of directors and litigation. Responding to these actions may be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations, divert the attention of our board of directors, management and employees and interfere with the execution of our strategic plan. A contested election could also require us to incur substantial legal and public relations fees and proxy solicitation expenses. The perceived uncertainty as to our future direction resulting from activist strategies could also affect the market price and volatility of our common stock.
As described in the past,Part I, Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, certain stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against technology companies following periodsus and certain of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Suchour employees and directors. Our defense against this litigation if instituted against us, couldhas caused and will continue to cause us to incur substantial costsadditional expenses and continue to divert management’s attention and resources from our business.
If equity research analysts do not continue to publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. Equity research analysts may elect not to initiate or to continue to provide research coverage of our common stock, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Even if we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecasts of analysts, our stock price would likely decline.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control is considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock
40

Table of Contents

without any further vote or action by our stockholders. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders, which could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected.
Our charter documents also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:
only one of our three classes of directors will beis elected each year;
stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 662/3% vote and only for cause;
stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 662/3% vote and only for cause;
stockholders are not permitted to take actions by written consent;
stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders;

Table of Contents

allowing theour board of directors is allowed to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws; and
stockholders are required to give us advance notice of their intention to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.
In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware are the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, or employees and, in turn, discourage lawsuits against our directors, officers, or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another state or federal court in the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, stockholders, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders; any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our bylaws; and any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision would not apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.
This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our current and former directors, officers, stockholders, and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and large stockholders may prevent smaller stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own a substantial percentage of our outstanding common stock. These persons, acting together, are able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.transaction. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.
We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our Term Loan Agreement preclude, and the terms of any future debt agreements are likely to similarly preclude, us from paying dividends. As a result,
41

Table of Contents

capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.
General Risk Factors
Increased scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, customers, employees, and others regarding our environmental, social and governance practices and reporting could cause us to incur additional costs, devote additional resources and expose us to additional risks, which could adversely impact our reputation, customer acquisition and retention, access to capital and employee retention.
Companies across all industries are facing increasing scrutiny related to their environmental, social and governance, or ESG, practices and reporting. Investors, customers, employees and other stakeholders have focused increasingly on ESG practices and placed increasing importance on the implications and social cost of their investments, purchases and other interactions with companies. For example, many investment funds focus on positive ESG business practices and sustainability scores when making investments and may consider a company’s ESG or sustainability scores as a reputational or other factor in making an investment decision. In addition, investors, particularly institutional investors, use these scores to benchmark companies against their peers and if a company is perceived as lagging, these investors may engage with such company to improve ESG disclosure or performance and may also make voting decisions on this basis. With this increased focus and demand, public reporting regarding ESG practices is becoming more broadly expected. If our ESG practices and reporting do not meet investor, customer, or employee expectations, which continue to evolve, our brand and reputation may be negatively impacted. Any disclosure we make may include our policies and practices on a variety of ESG matters, including corporate governance, environmental compliance, employee health and safety practices, human capital management, and workforce inclusion and diversity. It is possible that stakeholders may not be satisfied with our ESG reporting, our ESG practices or our speed of adoption. We could also incur additional costs and devote additional resources to monitor, report and implement various ESG practices. If we fail, or are perceived to be failing, to meet the standards included in any sustainability disclosure or the expectations of our various stakeholders, it could negatively impact our reputation, access to capital and employee retention.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Global Select Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may require us to incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to further expand our accounting and finance functions and expend significant management efforts.
We may in the future discover material weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to errors or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.
If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.
You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our existing credit facility preclude, and the terms of any future debt agreements is likely to similarly preclude, us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.    Properties

Table of Contents

Our headquarters are located in Lanham, Maryland, where we occupy approximately 225,000309,000 square feet under a lease that expires in 2028. We also occupy approximately 53,000Our other material properties are 216,000 square feet of leased office space in Cape Town, South Africa, 166,000 square feet of leased office space in Denver, Colorado and 80,000 square feet of leased office space in Brooklyn, New York and approximately 100,000 square feetYork. All of office space in Denver, Colorado.our material properties are used to support both of our business segments.
Including our headquarters and the Brooklyn and Denver properties, we lease an aggregate
42

Table of approximately 421,000 square feet of space, primarily for our Graduate Program Segment, in Maryland, New York, California, Colorado, North Carolina, Virginia and Hong Kong.Contents
We also lease an aggregate of approximately 62,000 square feet of space, primarily for our Short Course Segment, in South Africa and the United Kingdom.
We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employeesadjust our facility occupancy commensurate with our business needs and believe that we will be able to obtain additional facilitiesdo so on commercially reasonable terms.
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
We are not presentlyAs disclosed in Note 7 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company is involved in anyvarious claims and legal proceeding or other contingency that, if determined adversely, would individually orproceedings arising in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on itsordinary course of business operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Accordingly, we do not believe that thereand the disclosure in Note 7 relating to certain legal proceedings is a reasonable possibility that a material loss exceeding amounts already recognized may have been incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented herein.incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
None.

43

Table of Contents


PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market since March 28, 2014, under the symbol “TWOU.”
As of February 20, 2019,25, 2022, there were 37 registered46 stockholders of record forof our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Stock Performance Graph
The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on an initial investment of $100 in our common stock between March 28, 2014 (the datewith that of our initial public offering) and December 31, 2018, with the comparative cumulative total return of such amount over the same period on (i) the Nasdaq Composite Index, (ii)the Russell 3000 Index and the S&P North American Technology Software Index and (iii)for the five years ended December 31, 2021. The graph assumes that $100 was invested at the close of market on the last trading day of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 in the common stock of 2U, Inc., the Nasdaq Composite Index, the Russell 3000 Index and the S&P North American Technology Software Index. We have not paid any cash dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for uson our common stock is based solely upon our stock price appreciation or depreciation and does not include any reinvestment of cash dividends. The graphdata for the Nasdaq Composite Index, the Russell 3000 Index and the S&P North American Technology Software Index assumes our closing sales price on March 28, 2014reinvestments of $13.98 per share as the initial value of our common stock.gross dividends. The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data, and are not necessarily indicative of, nor intended to forecast, the potential future stock performance of our common stock.
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Through December 31, 20182021
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
a2018cumulativereturn.jpg
twou-20211231_g2.jpg
The information presented above in the stock performance graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, except to the extent that we subsequently specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or a filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Item 6.    [Reserved]

44

Table of Contents


Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, except as otherwise noted, that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial data should be read together with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
  
  
  
  
Revenue$411,769
 $286,752
 $205,864
 $150,194
 $110,239
Costs and expenses         
Curriculum and teaching23,290
 6,609
 
 
 
Servicing and support67,203
 50,767
 40,982
 32,047
 26,858
Technology and content development63,812
 45,926
 33,283
 27,211
 22,621
Marketing and sales221,015
 150,923
 106,610
 82,911
 65,218
General and administrative82,989
 62,665
 46,021
 34,123
 23,420
Total costs and expenses458,309
 316,890
 226,896
 176,292
 138,117
Loss from operations(46,540) (30,138) (21,032) (26,098) (27,878)
Interest income5,173
 371
 383
 167
 92
Interest expense(108) (87) (35) (552) (1,213)
Other expense, net(1,722) (866) 
 (250) 
Loss before income taxes(43,197) (30,720) (20,684) (26,733) (28,999)
Income tax benefit4,867
 1,297
 
 
 
Net loss(38,330) (29,423) (20,684) (26,733) (28,999)
Preferred stock accretion
 
 
 
 (89)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684) $(26,733) $(29,088)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted$(0.69) $(0.60) $(0.44) $(0.63) $(0.91)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted55,833,492
 49,062,611
 46,609,751
 42,420,356
 32,075,107
Other Financial Data:         
Adjusted EBITDA (loss)*$17,655
 $11,416
 $4,541
 $(6,629) $(14,779)
*Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. For more information about adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA, see the section below titled “Adjusted EBITDA.”

Table of Contents

 As of December 31,
 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
 (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data: 
  
  
  
  
Cash and cash equivalents$449,772
 $223,370
 $168,730
 $183,729
 $86,929
Working capital*453,200
 190,053
 143,629
 160,310
 66,220
Goodwill and amortizable intangible assets, net198,457
 162,749
 34,131
 25,024
 16,813
Total assets807,354
 482,062
 244,320
 231,041
 113,039
Total liabilities102,345
 94,230
 49,083
 35,252
 25,028
Additional paid-in capital957,631
 588,289
 371,455
 351,324
 216,818
Total stockholders’ equity705,009
 387,832
 195,237
 195,789
 88,011
*We define working capital as current assets minus current liabilities.
Adjusted EBITDA
To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this Annual Report on Form 10-K adjusted EBITDA, a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of net loss, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA.
We have included adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short-and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.
Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect acquisition related gains or losses such as, but not limited to, post-acquisition changes in the value of contingent consideration reflected in operations;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other U.S. GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Table of Contents

 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684) $(26,733) $(28,999)
Adjustments:         
Interest income(5,173) (371) (383) (167) (92)
Interest expense108
 87
 35
 552
 1,213
Foreign currency loss1,722
 866
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
 19,624
 9,750
 7,220
 5,572
Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense31,410
 21,930
 15,823
 12,499
 7,527
Total adjustments55,985
 40,839
 25,225
 20,104
 14,220
Adjusted EBITDA (loss)$17,655
 $11,416
 $4,541
 $(6,629) $(14,779)


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review Item 1A “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
This section of this Form 10-K does not address certain items regarding the year ended December 31, 2019. For a discussion of our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources for the year ended December 31, 2019, including a year-over-year comparison between the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Overview
We are a leading online education technology companyplatform company. Our mission is to expand access to high-quality educational opportunities that well-recognized nonprofit collegesunlock human potential. In November 2021, we acquired substantially all of the assets of edX Inc. (the “edX Acquisition”), including the edX brand, website and marketplace. As a result of the edX Acquisition, we expanded our digital education offerings to include open courses and micro-credential offerings at the undergraduate and graduate levels and added an education consumer marketplace, edx.org, with over 42 million registered learners.
Following the completion of the edX Acquisition, we now serve more than 230 top-ranked global universities trust to bring them intoand other leading institutions, and offer more than 3,600 high-quality online learning opportunities, including open courses, executive education offerings, boot camps, micro-credentials, professional certificates as well as undergraduate and graduate degree programs.
With the digital age. OuredX Acquisition, we are now positioned as one of the world’s most comprehensive free-to-degree online learning platforms. We believe our platform of tightly integrated technology and services providesrobust consumer marketplace provide our clients with the digital infrastructure universities need to attract, enroll, educatelaunch world-class online education offerings and supportallow students at scale. With our platform, students can pursue theirto easily access high-quality, job-relevant education anytime, anywhere,offerings without quitting their jobsthe barriers of cost or moving; and university clients can improve educational outcomes, skills attainment and career prospects for a greater number of students.location.
We have two reportable segments: the GraduateDegree Program Segment and the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment.
Our GraduateIn our Degree Program Segment, provideswe provide the technology and services to well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities primarily in the United States to enable the online delivery of graduatedegree programs. We target studentsStudents enrolled in these programs are generally seeking a fullan undergraduate or graduate degree of the same quality they would receive on-campus.on campus.
Our Short CourseIn our Alternative Credential Segment, provideswe provide premium online shortopen courses, to working professionals aroundexecutive education programs, technical, skills-based boot camps and micro-credential programs at the worldundergraduate and graduate levels through relationships with nonprofit colleges and universities and other leading universitiesinstitutions. Students enrolled in these offerings are generally seeking to reskill or upskill for career advancement or personal development through shorter duration, lower-priced offerings.
COVID-19 Update
The COVID-19 pandemic continues to have widespread impacts on society and the global economy. Our focus remains on ensuring the health and safety of our employees and clients, while ensuring the continuity of our business. We have adapted our business practices to allow our global workforce to continue to work from home on a voluntary basis. In addition, many of our in-person offerings and other campus-based experiences are offered in a virtual format, including the field placement components in certain of our clinical graduate programs. Our course production capabilities allow faculty to record studio-quality asynchronous content remotely.
We continue to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The pandemic initially accelerated the need for online learning and training, but has also created new and different demand dynamics in the United States,market. At the United Kingdom and South Africa. We target working professionals seeking career advancement through skills attainment.
Our core strategy is to launch graduate programs and short courses withbeginning of the pandemic, we experienced increased demand from new and existing university clients and to increase student enrollments across our portfolio of offerings.students as universities moved classes online. We are also committed to continuously improving our platform to deliver high-qualitydo not know if the university client and student experiencesdemand levels we have experienced during the pandemic will continue. More recently, we have seen some of these pandemic-related trends subside in certain areas of our business. We have experienced fluctuations in our student retention rates and outcomes at scale.
We are focused on rapidly growing our business and plan to continue to invest for long-term growth, including investments in our marketing activities as we continue to scale current offerings while adding new graduate programscosts. In particular, our marketing costs were lower earlier in the pandemic and short courses, investments in our technology platform and infrastructure to deliver new functionality to meet the needs of our university clients and students, and investments in developing content to meet the needs of our accelerating program and offering launch schedules.    To support our anticipated growth, we expect to continue to hire new employees (which will increase both our cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, including stock-based compensation). As a result, we expect our costsbegan to increase in absolute dollars, butthe second half of 2021. In addition, during the past year, competition for talent has increased, resulting in higher employee turnover and additional costs to decrease asattract and retain
45

Table of Contents

employees.
We cannot estimate the impact of COVID-19 on future demand or cost levels or on our business or economic conditions generally, due to numerous uncertainties, including uncertainties regarding the duration or reemergence of the outbreak in various regions, including the potential impact of variants of the virus, actions that may be taken by governmental authorities, future fluctuations in demand and cost levels and labor market conditions. For a percentagediscussion of revenue over time as we achieve economies of scale through the expansion of our business.
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense is a component of compensation cost. Under our current framework for granting equity awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the majority of our equity awards are made on or around April 1 of each year and typically have four-year vesting periods. Non-cash stock based compensation expense also includes charges associated with providing our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.additional risks related to COVID-19, see Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
Certain Trends and Uncertainties
The following represents a summary of certain trends and uncertainties, which could have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations. This summary is not intended to be a complete list of potential trends and uncertainties and should be considered along with the factors identified in the section titled “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and elsewhere in this report.
The risk of a data security breach or service disruption has increased as the frequency, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. While we make significant efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our services and computer systems, our cybersecurity measures and the cybersecurity measures taken by our third-party data center facilitiessoftware and service providers may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems. In particular, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the risk of cyber-attacks or other privacy or data security incidents may be heightened as a result of our employees and third-party service providers working remotely from networks that may be less secure.
We and our university clients are subject to certain education laws and regulations such as the HEA, whichthat are frequently revised, repealed or expanded. Any administration may change certain DOE rules or policies in accordance with its policy priorities. The re-authorizationoutcome of the process to re-authorize the HEA, is currently in processany DOE rulemakings, or other law and the outcome couldpolicy changes may alter the

Table of Contents

regulatory landscape of the higher education industry, and thereby impact the manner in which we conduct business and serve our university clients.
OurFollowing the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we experienced increased demand for our technology and services from university clients, increased demand for our offerings from students, and a decrease in our marketing costs. Although we believe that the COVID-19 pandemic accelerated the trend towards adoption of online education that was already in process prior to the pandemic, we have regular turnover in leadership positions. These changes can have a positive or negative impact on our business. If new leadersrecently seen demand and marketing cost fluctuate. We do not support online delivery of educational offerings, we may not be able to add additional offeringsknow the impact that COVID-19 will have on future demand or cost levels.
We believe the edX Acquisition will combine our industry-leading marketing capabilities with the university client or the university client may not renew their relationship with us. New leaders may also make changes in university policies, which couldedX marketplace will result in changesa scalable and sustainable marketing advantage and drive marketing cost efficiencies. We are in the early stages of the edX integration. If we are unable to admissions standardssuccessfully or applicationtimely integrate the operations of admissions standardsedX, or if we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits resulting from the edX Acquisition, our results of operations and negatively impact student enrollment in a university client’s 2U-powered graduate programs.financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Our Business Model and Components of Operating Results
The key elements of our business model and components of our operating results are described below.
Revenue Drivers
Our GraduateIn our Degree Program Segment, deriveswe derive substantially all of our revenue primarily from contractually specified percentages of the amountsrevenue-share arrangements with our university clients under which we receive from their students for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other agreed-upon charges. Most of our contracts with university clients in this segment are long-term and typically have 10 to 15 year initial terms.
Our Short Course Segment derives revenue directly from contracts with students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in and progress through our short courses. We pay a contractually specified percentage of the gross proceeds received fromamounts students for each coursepay them to the associated university client for providing short course content and certification, which is recognized onenroll in degree programs. In our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as curriculum and teaching costs. Our contracts with university clients in this segment are typically shorter and less restrictive than our contracts with university clients in our Graduate Program Segment.
The primary driverAlternative Credential Segment, we derive substantially all of our revenue growth acrossfrom tuition and fees from students taking our segmentsexecutive education programs and boot camps. Revenue in each segment is the increase inprimarily driven by the number of student enrollments in our graduate programs and short courses. This in turn is influenced primarily by three factors:offerings.
our ability to increase the number of graduate programs and short courses offered, either by adding new university clients or by adding graduate programs and short courses with current university clients;
our ability to acquire prospective students for graduate programs and short courses; and
our ability to retain the students who enroll in graduate programs and short courses.
In the near term, we expect the significant drivers of our consolidated financial results to continue to be our graduate programs with the University of Southern California, Simmons University, the University of North Carolina and Syracuse University, within our Graduate Program Segment. The following table sets forth the percentages of our consolidated revenue earned from these university clients in our Graduate Program Segment for the periods presented:
 Year Ended
December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
University of Southern California21% 27% 34%
Simmons University13% 17% 18%
Syracuse University10% 11% <10%
University of North Carolina<10%
 10% 11%
For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue associated with our three largest university clients in our Short Course Segment accounted for approximately 81% of the segment’s revenue, and each were less than 10% of our consolidated revenue on a combined basis. For the year ended December 31, 2017, revenue associated with our three largest university clients in our Short Course Segment accounted for approximately 82% of the segment’s revenue, which was less than 10% of our consolidated revenue on a combined basis.Operating Expense
Marketing and Sales Costs
Our most significant cost in each fiscal periodexpense relates primarily to student acquisitionmarketing and sales activities to attract students to our offerings across both of our segments. This includes the cost of online advertisingSearch Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing and demand generation,Social Media Optimization, as well as cashpersonnel and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation)personnel-related expense for our graduate programmarketing and short course marketing, marketing analytics and admissions application counseling personnel.recruiting teams.

Table of Contents

We have the primary responsibility for identifying qualified students forIn our graduate programs and short courses, generating potential student interest and driving applications to the educational offerings. The number of students who enroll in our graduate programs and short courses in any given period is significantly dependent on the amount we have spent on these student acquisition activities in prior periods.
GraduateDegree Program Segment,
We typically identify prospective students for our graduate programs between three months and two or more years before they ultimately enroll. For the students currently enrolled in our graduate programs and those who have graduated, the average time from our initial contact with that student to enrollment was approximately eight months. Based on the student retention rates and patterns we have observed in our graduate programs, we estimate that, for our current graduate programs, the average time from a graduate program student’s initial enrollment to graduation will be approximately two years.
Although most of our university clients’ graduate programs span multiple academic terms and, therefore, generate continued revenue beyond the term in which initial enrollments occur, we expect that we will need to continue to incur significant marketing and sales expense for existing graduatein any period generates student enrollments eight months later, on average. We then generate revenue as students progress through their programs, going forward to generatewhich generally occurs over a continuous pipeline of new enrollments. For new graduate programs, we begin incurring marketing and sales costs as early as nine months prior to the classes beginning.
two-year period following initial enrollment. Accordingly, our marketing and sales expense in any period is an investment we make to
46

Table of Contents

generate revenue in future periods. Likewise, revenue generated in any period is largely attributable to the investment made in student acquisition activities in earlier periods. Because marketing and sales expense in any period is almost entirely unrelated to revenue generated in that period,Therefore, we do not believe it is meaningful to directly compare the two. We believe that the total revenue we will receive over time related to students who enroll in our graduate programs as a result of current period marketing and sales expense, will be significantly greater as a multiple of that current period expense than is implied by the multiple of current period revenue to current period marketing and sales expense as expressedexpense. Further, in our financial statements. Further,this segment we believe that our marketing and sales expense in future periods will generally decline as a percentage of the revenue reported in those same periods as our revenue base from returning students in existing programs increases.
We continually manageIn our marketing and sales expense to ensure that acrossAlternative Credential Segment, our portfolio of offerings, our cost to acquire students for these offerings is appropriate for our business model. We use a ratio of attrition adjusted lifetime revenue of a student, or LTR, to the total cost to acquire that student, or TCA, as the measure of our marketing efficiency and to determine how much we are willing to spend to acquire an additional student for any offering. The LTR to TCA ratio may vary across offerings depending on the nature of the offering, where that offering is in its lifecycle and whether we enable the same or similar offerings at other universities.
Short Course Segment
We typically begin incurring marketing and sales costs approximately three months prior to each short course presentation, and our short courses run between six and 16 weeks. As our short courses often have a course length that straddles two fiscal quarters based on the timing of the course start, the marketing and sales expense in any period is a combination of investments we make togenerates student enrollments as much as 24 weeks later. We then generate revenue in the current and subsequent periods. Likewise, revenue generated in anyas students progress through their courses, which typically occurs over a two- to six-month period is attributable to investments made in student acquisition activities in the prior and current periods.following initial enrollment.
As the majority of our short course student enrollments are attributable to discrete marketing efforts for each short course presentation, we expect that we will need to continue to incur significant marketing and sales expense for each new and recurring short course presentation going forward to generate a continuous pipeline of new enrollments.
Other Costs and Expenses
Our other costs and expenses consist of the following:
Curriculum and teaching.Teaching
Curriculum and teaching costs are associated with our Short Course Segment andexpense consists primarily relate toof amounts due to universities for licenses to use their brand names and other trademarks in connection with our university clients, whichexecutive education and boot camp offerings. The payments are based on contractually specified percentages of the gross proceeds associated with our short course offerings for providing contenttuition and certifying courses. Thisfees we receive from students in those offerings. Curriculum and teaching expense also includes costs to compensate short course facilitators.personnel and personnel-related expense for our executive education and boot camp instructional staff.
Servicing and support.Support
Servicing and support costs consistexpense consists primarily of cashpersonnel and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation) related topersonnel-related expense associated with the management and operations of our graduate programs and short courses, providing support for our SaaS technology,educational offerings, as well as supporting students enrolled in our offerings and faculty members. ItServicing and support expense also includes software licensing, telecommunications, technicalexpenses to support and other costs related to providing access to and support for our platform, for our university clients and students. In addition, servicing and support includes costs to

Table of Contents

facilitate in-program field placements and student immersions, and other student enrichment experiences, as well as costs to assist our university clients with their state compliance requirements.
Technology and content development.Content Development
Technology and content development costs consistexpense consists primarily of cashpersonnel and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation) and outsourced services costs related topersonnel-related expense associated with the ongoing improvement and maintenance of our platform, and the developed content for our graduate programs and short courses. It also includes the associated amortization expense related to capitalized technology and content development, as well as hosting and licensing expenses. Technology and other costs associated with maintaining our platform in a cloud environmentcontent expense also includes the amortization of capitalized technology and support for our internal infrastructure.content.
General and administrative.Administrative
General and administrative costs consistexpense consists primarily of cashpersonnel and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation)personnel-related expense for employees in our centralized functions, including executive administrative,management, legal, finance, and accounting, legal, communications and human resources, functions. Itand other departments that do not provide direct operational services. General and administrative expense also includes external legal, accounting and other professional fees and other corporate costs such as insurance and travel that are not related to another function.expenses.
Net Interest Income (Expense)
Interest    Net interest income is derived(expense) consists primarily of interest expense from our long-term debt and interest received onincome from our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily ofalso includes the amortization of deferred financing costs associated withdebt issuance costs.
Loss on Debt Extinguishment
Loss on debt extinguishment consists of amounts recorded related to the retirement of our line of credit. Net interest income (expense) reflects the aggregation of interest income and interest expense.debt obligations.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily consists of foreign currency gains and losses.losses, gains and losses related to the sale of investments and other non-operating income and expense.
Income Tax BenefitTaxes
Income    Our income tax benefit consistsprovisions for all periods consist of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. Our effective tax rate for the period is based on a mix of higher-taxed and lower-taxed jurisdictions.
47

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Consolidated Operating Results
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
The following table presents selected consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for each of the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31,
 20212020Period-to-Period Change
 AmountPercentage of RevenueAmountPercentage of RevenueAmountPercentage
(dollars in thousands)
Revenue$945,682 100.0 %$774,533 100.0 %$171,149 22.1  %
Costs and expenses
Curriculum and teaching130,817 13.8 107,968 13.9 22,849 21.2 
Servicing and support138,548 14.7 125,851 16.2 12,697 10.1 
Technology and content development179,061 18.9 155,949 20.1 23,112 14.8 
Marketing and sales456,096 48.2 390,174 50.4 65,922 16.9 
General and administrative208,598 22.1 173,526 22.4 35,072 20.2 
Total costs and expenses1,113,120 117.7 953,468 123.0 159,652 16.7 
Loss from operations(167,438)(17.7)(178,935)(23.0)11,497 6.4 
Interest income1,475 0.2 1,354 0.2 121 9.0 
Interest expense(51,222)(5.4)(27,317)(3.5)(23,905)87.5 
Loss on debt extinguishment(1,101)(0.1)(11,671)(1.5)10,570 (90.6)
Other income (expense), net22,324 2.4 (1,429)(0.2)23,753 *
Loss before income taxes(195,962)(20.6)(217,998)(28.0)22,036 10.1 
Income tax benefit1,196 0.1 1,514 0.2 (318)21.1 
Net loss$(194,766)(20.5)%$(216,484)(27.8)%$21,718 10.0 %
*Not meaningful for comparative purposes.
Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $171.1 million, or 22.1%, to $945.7 million as compared to $774.5 million in 2020. Revenue from our Degree Program Segment increased $105.6 million, or 21.7%, primarily due to growth in full course equivalent (“FCE”) enrollments of 39,102, or 19.7% and a 1.7% increase in average revenue per FCE enrollment, from $2,456 to $2,497. Revenue from our Alternative Credential Segment increased $65.5 million, or 22.8%, primarily due to a 15.3% increase in average revenue per FCE enrollment, from $3,561 to $4,105, and growth in FCE enrollments of 5,251, or 6.5%.
Curriculum and Teaching. Curriculum and teaching expense increased $22.8 million, or 21.2%, to $130.8 million as compared to $108.0 million in 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $17.4 million for amounts owed to university clients resulting from revenue growth of our offerings in our Alternative Credential Segment. In addition, expense for instructional staff increased $4.0 million to support to higher FCE enrollments.
Servicing and Support. Servicing and support expense increased $12.7 million, or 10.1%, to $138.5 million as compared to $125.9 million in 2020. This increase was primarily due to an $11.5 million increase in personnel and personnel-related expense and a $0.9 million increase in student support costs to serve a greater number of students.
Technology and Content Development. Technology and content development expense increased $23.1 million, or 14.8%, to $179.1 million as compared to $155.9 million in 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $9.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, a $7.4 million increase in expenses to support our platform and software applications, and a $4.9 million increase in personnel and personnel-related expense.
Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense increased $65.9 million, or 16.9%, to $456.1 million as compared to $390.2 million in 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $59.6 million increase in marketing expense and a $4.8 million increase in personnel and personnel-related expense to support our revenue growth.
48

Table of Contents

General and Administrative. General and administrative expense increased $35.1 million, or 20.2%, to $208.6 million as compared to $173.5 million in 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $14.6 million increase in transaction and integration expense, a $12.5 million increase in personnel and personnel-related expense, a $4.1 million increase in professional fees, a $3.5 million increase in provision for credit losses, a $2.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, a $1.7 million increase in restructuring-related expense, and a $1.7 million increase in banking fees. Stockholder activism and litigation-related expense decreased by $5.0 million, primarily due to $5.6 million in legal fees associated with stockholder activism incurred during the year ended December 31, 2020 which did not recur in 2021. This decrease was partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in litigation-related expense.
Net Interest Income (Expense). Net interest expense was $49.7 million and $26.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to interest incurred on our Notes and our $575 million aggregate principal amount of term loan facilities that were issued in June 2021 and amended in November 2021. The net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to interest incurred on our Notes that were issued in April 2020 and our $250 million senior secured term loan facility that was extinguished in April 2020.
Loss on Debt Extinguishment. Loss on debt extinguishment was $1.1 million and $11.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2021 was due to the write-off of deferred financing costs and fees paid in connection with the termination of our $50 million credit agreement in June 2021. The loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2020 was due to the write-off of deferred financing costs and fees paid in connection with the extinguishment of our $250 million senior secured term loan facility in April 2020.
Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income (expense), net was $22.3 million and $(1.4) million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. This increase was primarily due to the gain recognized in connection with the sale of our investment in an education technology company.
Income Tax Benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recognized an income tax benefit of $1.2 million, and our effective tax rate was approximately 0.6%. This income tax benefit was due to net operating losses and the reversal of taxable temporary differences of the acquired intangibles, as well as realization of deferred tax assets in our Alternative Credential Segment. There was also a tax expense recorded to establish a deferred tax liability related to the tax amortization of acquired edX indefinite lived intangibles. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized an income tax benefit of $1.5 million, and our effective tax rate was approximately 0.7%. This tax benefit was due to net operating losses and the reversal of taxable temporary differences of the acquired intangibles in our Alternative Credential Segment. We expect to continue to recognize an income tax benefit for our Alternative Credential Segment to the extent that this segment continues to generate pre-tax losses while carrying a net deferred tax liability. To date, we have not been required to pay U.S. federal income taxes because of our current and accumulated net operating losses.
Period-to-Period Fluctuations
Our revenue, cash position, accounts receivable, deferred revenue, and sales and marketing expense can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to variations driven by the academic schedules of our graduate programs and short courses.
Our graduate programs generally start classes for new and returning students an average of four times per year and our short courses have multiple course starts per year. Graduate program courses and short course presentations are not necessarily evenly spaced throughout the year, do not necessarily correspond to the traditional academic calendar and may vary from year to year. As a result, the number of courses our graduate programs and short courses have in session, and therefore the number of students enrolled, will vary from quarter to quarter, leading to variability in our revenue.
Our graduate programs and short courses often have academic terms that straddle two fiscal quarters. Our graduate program university clients generally pay us when they have billed tuition and specified fees to their students, which is typically early in the academic term, and once the drop/add period has passed. We recognize the related revenue ratably over the course of the academic term, beginning on the first day of classes through the last. Our short course students typically pay either in full upon registration of the short course or in full before the end of the short course based on a payment plan. Because we generally receive payments from our graduate program university clients and short course students prior to our ability to recognize the majority of those amounts as revenue, we record deferred revenue at each balance sheet date equal to the excess of the amounts we have billed or received from our graduate program university clients and short course students over the amounts we have recognized as revenue as of that date. For these reasons, our cash flows typically vary considerably from quarter to quarter and our cash position, accounts receivable and deferred revenue typically fluctuate between quarterly balance sheet dates.
Our expense levels across both segments also fluctuate from quarter to quarter, driven primarily by our marketing and sales activity. We typically reduce our paid search and other marketing and sales efforts during late November and December because these efforts are less productive during the holiday season. This generally results in lower total marketing and sales expense during the fourth quarter. In addition, because we begin spending on marketing and sales, and, to a lesser extent, services and support as much as nine months prior to the start of classes for a new graduate program and as much as three months prior to the start of a new short course, these costs as a percentage of revenue fluctuate, sometimes significantly, depending on the timing of new graduate programs and short courses launches.

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Full-Year 2018 Highlights
Revenue was $411.8 million, an increase of 43.6% from $286.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Net loss was $(38.3) million, or $(0.69) per share, compared to $(29.4) million, or $(0.60) per share for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Adjusted EBITDA* was $17.7 million, compared to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
We launched 14 new graduate programs and 17 new short courses.
We completed a public offering of common stock in May 2018 in which we sold 3,833,334 shares and received net proceeds of $330.9 million.
*Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. For more information about adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA, see the section below titled “Adjusted EBITDA.”
Consolidated Operating Results
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,     
 2018 2017 Period-to-Period Change 
 Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage 
 (dollars in thousands) 
Revenue$411,769
 100.0 % $286,752
 100.0 % $125,017
 43.6% 
Costs and expenses            
Curriculum and teaching23,290
 5.7
 6,609
 2.3
 16,681
 252.4
 
Servicing and support67,203
 16.3
 50,767
 17.7
 16,436
 32.4
 
Technology and content development63,812
 15.5
 45,926
 16.0
 17,886
 38.9
 
Marketing and sales221,015
 53.7
 150,923
 52.6
 70,092
 46.4
 
General and administrative82,989
 20.2
 62,665
 21.9
 20,324
 32.4
 
Total costs and expenses458,309
 111.4
 316,890
 110.5
 141,419
 44.6
 
Loss from operations(46,540) (11.4) (30,138) (10.5) (16,402) 54.4
 
Interest income5,173
 1.3
 371
 0.1
 4,802
 *
 
Interest expense(108) 
 (87) 
 (21) 24.6
 
Other expense, net(1,722) (0.4) (866) (0.3) (856) 98.7
 
Loss before income taxes(43,197) (10.5) (30,720) (10.7) (12,477) 40.6
 
Income tax benefit4,867
 1.2
 1,297
 0.4
 3,570
 *
 
Net loss$(38,330) (9.3)% $(29,423) (10.3)% $(8,907) 30.3
 
*Not meaningful for comparative purposes.

Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 included a full year of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2017 included only six months of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.    

The following table sets forth the revenue by segment for each of the periods indicated.

Table of Contents

 Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
 2018 2017 Amount Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Revenue by segment* 
  
  
  
Graduate Program Segment$348,361
 $270,432
 $77,929
 28.8%
Short Course Segment63,408
 16,320
 47,088
 288.5
Total revenue$411,769
 $286,752
 $125,017
 43.6
*Approximately $44,000 of intersegment revenues have been excluded from the year ended December 31, 2018.
Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $411.8 million, an increase of $125.0 million, or 43.6%, from $286.8 million for the same period of 2017. Graduate Program Segment revenue increased by $77.9 million, or 28.8%. This increase was primarily due to growth in full course equivalent enrollments of 28,774, or 29.1%. Short Course Segment revenue increased by $47.1 million, or 288.5%. This increase was driven by both a growth in full course equivalent enrollments of 21,372, or 197.3%, and an increase in the average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment, from $1,507 to $1,969. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates from those prevailing in the same period of 2017 did not have a material impact on revenue.
Curriculum and Teaching. Curriculum and teaching costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $23.3 million, an increase of $16.7 million, or 252.4%, from $6.6 million for the same period of 2017. This was primarily due to an increase in the number of short courses taken in our Short Course Segment.
Servicing and Support. Servicing and support costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $67.2 million, an increase of $16.4 million, or 32.4%, from $50.8 million for the same period of 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $12.3 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in servicing and support by 31% to serve a growing number of students and faculty in existing and new graduate programs and short courses. Additionally, $1.9 million of the increase related to student immersion costs, and $1.1 million of the increase related to rent and other facilities costs. The remainder of the increase related to $1.1 million of higher travel and other servicing and support costs.
Technology and Content Development. Technology and content development costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $63.8 million, an increase of $17.9 million, or 38.9%, from $45.9 million for the same period of 2017. This increase was due, in part, to a $7.9 million increase related to higher amortization expense associated with capitalized technology and content development to support the scaling of existing and launching of new graduate programs and short courses. Additionally, $5.4 million of the increase related to cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (net of amounts capitalized for technology and content development), as we increased our headcount in technology and content development by 40% to support the scaling of existing and launching of new graduate programs and short courses and $3.0 million of the increase related to higher hosting and licensing costs due to the larger number of courses that have been developed and the continued maintenance and support of our platform and internal infrastructure in a cloud environment. The remainder of the increase related to $1.6 million of other net costs to support and maintain our internal software applications.
Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $221.0 million, an increase of $70.1 million, or 46.4%, from $150.9 million for the same period of 2017. This increase was primarily due to higher direct internet marketing costs of $40.0 million, as we increased our student acquisition activities to drive enrollments in our new and existing graduate programs and short courses. Additionally, $21.7 million of the increase related to higher cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in marketing and sales by 32% to drive enrollment and revenue growth in existing and new graduate programs and short courses. The remainder of the increase related to $4.6 million of higher amortization expense related to acquired websites, a $1.9 million increase related to higher rent expense, $1.0 million of higher travel and entertainment costs and $0.9 million related to higher other net cost increases to support our graduate program and short course marketing efforts.
General and Administrative. General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $83.0 million, an increase of $20.3 million, or 32.4%, from $62.7 million for the same period of 2017. This was primarily due to a $17.8 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in general and administrative by 27% to support our growing business. Additionally, $2.5 million of the increase related to higher consulting and other professional services, travel costs, depreciation and amortization expense, rent and other facilities costs, partially offset by reductions in year-over-year costs after the integration of our enterprise resource planning system that was completed in the second quarter of 2017.

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income (Expense). For the year ended December 31, 2018, we earned net interest income of $5.1 million, compared to $284,000 for the same period of 2017, primarily due to a higher cash and cash equivalents balance resulting from our May 2018 public offering of common stock.
Other Expense, Net. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we incurred other expense, net, of $1.7 million, compared to $866,000 in the same period of 2017, primarily due to foreign currency rate fluctuations associated with the operations of our Short Course Segment.
Income Tax Benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized a tax benefit of $4.9 million. Our effective tax rate was approximately 11% for the year ended December 31, 2018. A one-time tax benefit of approximately $2.8 million related to an asset acquisition of certain third-party technologies is included in our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018. This benefit relates to the reversal of our tax valuation allowance that was no longer needed as a result of establishing a net deferred tax liability. Excluding the one-time tax benefit, our tax benefit of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, related to losses generated by operations and the amortization of acquired intangibles in our Short Course Segment that are expected to be realized through future reversing taxable temporary differences. We expect to continue to recognize a tax benefit in the future for our Short Course Segment to the extent that this segment continues to generate pre-tax losses while carrying deferred tax liabilities that are in excess of deferred tax assets. To date, we have not been required to pay U.S. federal income taxes because of our current and accumulated net operating losses.
On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”). As of December 31, 2018, we finalized our assessment of the Tax Act, including our determination that no transitional tax is required.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016
The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 Year Ended December 31,     
 2017 2016 Period-to-Period Change 
 Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage 
 (dollars in thousands) 
Revenue$286,752
 100.0 % $205,864
 100.0 % $80,888
 39.3 % 
Costs and expenses            
Curriculum and teaching6,609
 2.3
 
 
 6,609
 *
 
Servicing and support50,767
 17.7
 40,982
 19.9
 9,785
 23.9
 
Technology and content development45,926
 16.0
 33,283
 16.2
 12,643
 38.0
 
Marketing and sales150,923
 52.6
 106,610
 51.8
 44,313
 41.6
 
General and administrative62,665
 21.9
 46,021
 22.4
 16,644
 36.2
 
Total costs and expenses316,890
 110.5
 226,896
 110.3
 89,994
 39.7
 
Loss from operations(30,138) (10.5) (21,032) (10.3) (9,106) 43.3
 
Interest income371
 0.1
 383
 0.2
 (12) (3.0) 
Interest expense(87) 0.0
 (35) 0.0
 (52) 150.0
 
Other income (expense), net(866) (0.3) 0.0
 0.0
 (866) *
 
Loss before income taxes(30,720) (10.7) (20,684) (10.1) (10,036) 48.5
 
Income tax benefit1,297
 0.4
 
 
 1,297
 *
 
Net loss$(29,423) (10.3)% $(20,684) (10.1)% $(8,739) 42.3
 
*Not meaningful for comparative purposes.

Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes six months of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2016 includes no amounts of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.

Table of Contents


The following table sets forth the revenue by segment for each of the periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
 2017 2016 Amount Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Revenue by segment* 
  
  
  
Graduate Program Segment270,432
 205,864
 64,568
 31.4%
Short Course Segment16,320
 
 16,320
 *
Total revenue$286,752
 $205,864
 $80,888
 39.3
Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $286.8 million, an increase of $80.9 million, or 39.3%, from $205.9 million for the same period of 2016. Graduate Program Segment revenue increased by $64.6 million, or 31.4%. This increase was primarily driven by growth in full course equivalent enrollments of 21,560, or 27.9% and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment, from $2,662 to $2,734. We also reported incremental revenue of $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to our Short Course Segment, which was created as a result of our acquisition of GetSmarter in July of 2017. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates from those prevailing in the same period of 2016 did not have a material impact on revenue.
Curriculum and Teaching. Curriculum and teaching costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $6.6 million, and we did not incur any such costs for the same period of 2016 as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.

Servicing and Support. Servicing and support costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $50.8 million, an increase of $9.8 million, or 23.9%, from $41.0 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to a $7.5 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs within our Graduate Program Segment, as we increased our headcount by 21% in this area to serve a growing number of students and faculty in new and existing graduate programs. Additionally, $1.4 million of the increase related to rent, other facilities costs and travel costs within our Graduate Program Segment and $0.8 million of the increase related to additional servicing and support costs associated with our Short Course Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to service and support our Graduate Program Segment.

Technology and Content Development. Technology and content development costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $45.9 million, an increase of $12.6 million, or 38.0%, from $33.3 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was due in part to a $4.1 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (net of amounts capitalized for technology and content development) within our Graduate Program Segment, as we increased our headcount by 30% in this area to support the scaling of existing programs and launch of new graduate programs. Additionally, $5.1 million of the increase related to higher amortization expense associated with capitalized technology and content development, as well as higher hosting and licensing costs within our Graduate Program Segment due to the larger number of courses that have been developed and the continued maintenance of our platform in a cloud environment and $2.8 million of the increase related to additional technology and content development costs associated with our Short Course Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to support and maintain our internal software applications in our Graduate Program Segment.

Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $150.9 million, an increase of $44.3 million, or 41.6%, from $106.6 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to a $19.6 million increase in direct internet marketing costs to acquire students for our Graduate Program Segment. Additionally, $10.1 million of the increase related to cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in marketing and sales by 26% within our Graduate Program Segment to acquire students for, and drive revenue growth in, existing and new graduate programs and $8.9 million of the increase related to additional marketing and sales costs associated with our Short Course Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to support growth within our Graduate Program Segment.


Table of Contents

General and Administrative. General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $62.7 million, an increase of $16.6 million, or 36.2%, from $46.0 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was due in part to a $7.5 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs within our Graduate Program Segment, as we increased our headcount by 18% in this area to support our growing business. Additionally, $2.0 million of the increase related to higher consulting and other professional services within our Graduate Program Segment, primarily driven by additional recurring and nonrecurring costs associated with the acquisition of GetSmarter and partially offset by reductions in year-over-year costs after the integration of our enterprise resource planning system, which was completed in the second quarter of 2017. Further, $3.3 million of the increase related to additional general and administrative costs associated with our Short Course Segment and $1.2 million of the increase related to rent, other facilities costs and travel costs within our Graduate Program Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to support growth within our Graduate Program Segment.

Net Interest Income (Expense). For the year ended December 31, 2017, we earned net interest income of $284,000, a decrease of 18.4%, from $348,000 for the same period of 2016.

Other Income (Expense), Net. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred other expense, net, of $0.9 million primarily due to foreign currency rate fluctuations associated with the acquisition and operations of our Short Course Segment, compared to no activity in the same period of 2016.
Income Tax Benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized a tax benefit of $1.3 million. The tax benefit primarily relates to the GetSmarter acquisition and losses generated from the acquired operations. Our effective tax rate was approximately 4% for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Business Segment Operating Results
We define segment profitability as net income or net loss, as applicable, before net interest income (expense), other income (expense), net, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, foreign currency gains ordeferred revenue fair value adjustments, transaction costs, integration costs, restructuring-related costs, stockholder activism costs, certain litigation-related costs, consisting of fees for certain non-ordinary course litigation and other proceedings, impairment charges, losses acquisition-related gains or losseson debt extinguishment, and stock-based compensation expense. Some or all of these items may not be applicable in any given reporting period and they may vary from period to period. Total segment profitability is a non-GAAP measure when presented outside of the financial statement footnotes. Total segment profitability is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to develop short- and long-term operational plans and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating total segment profitability can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that total segment profitability provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

49

Table of Contents

The following table reconcilespresents a reconciliation of total segment profitability to net loss to total segment profitability:for each of the periods indicated.
 Year Ended
December 31,
 20212020
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(194,766)$(216,484)
Adjustments:
Stock-based compensation expense97,766 82,042 
Other (income) expense, net(22,324)1,429 
Net interest expense49,747 25,963 
Income tax benefit(1,196)(1,514)
Depreciation and amortization expense108,448 96,469 
Loss on debt extinguishment1,101 11,671 
Other*27,801 16,497 
Total adjustments261,343 232,557 
Total segment profitability$66,577 $16,073 
 Year Ended
December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
Adjustments:     
Interest income(5,173) (371) (383)
Interest expense108
 87
 35
Foreign currency loss1,722
 866
 
Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
 19,624
 9,750
Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
Stock-based compensation expense31,410
 21,930
 15,823
Total adjustments55,985
 40,839
 25,225
Total segment profitability$17,655
 $11,416
 $4,541
*Includes (i) transaction and integration expense of $16.9 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, (ii) restructuring-related expense of $8.5 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and (iii) stockholder activism and litigation-related expense of $2.4 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.


Years Ended December 31, 20182021 and 20172020

RevenueThe following table presents revenue by segment and segment profitability for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:periods indicated.

Table of Contents

 Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
 2018 2017 Amount Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Revenue by segment* 
  
  
  
Graduate Program Segment$348,361
 $270,432
 $77,929
 28.8 %
Short Course Segment63,408
 16,320
 47,088
 288.5
Total revenue$411,769
 $286,752
 $125,017
 43.6
        
Segment profitability 
  
  
  
Graduate Program Segment$16,839
 $13,022
 $3,817
 29.3
Short Course Segment816
 (1,606) 2,422
 (150.8)
Total segment profitability$17,655
 $11,416
 $6,239
 54.6
Year Ended December 31,Period-to-Period Change
 20212020AmountPercentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Revenue by segment*    
Degree Program Segment$592,288 $486,676 $105,612 22 %
Alternative Credential Segment353,394 287,857 65,537 23 %
Total revenue$945,682 $774,533 $171,149 22 %
Segment profitability   
Degree Program Segment$126,141 $49,607 $76,534 154 %
Alternative Credential Segment(59,564)(33,534)(26,030)(78)%
Total segment profitability$66,577 $16,073 $50,504 314 %
*Approximately $44,000
*Immaterial amounts of intersegment revenuesrevenue have been excluded from the yearabove results for the years ended December 31, 2018.2021 and 2020.

Degree Program Segment profitability in our Graduate Program Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $16.8 million, an increase of $3.8increased $76.5 million, or 29%154%, from $13.0to $126.1 million for the same period of 2017. The primary factor favorably impacting segment profitability in this segment was the year-over-year growth in revenue. Additionally, we experienced a decrease in short-term annual incentive compensation costs and a decline in professional fees following the implementation of an enterprise resource planning system that was largely completed in 2017. We expect to increase investment in the development, marketing and support of newer and newly launching programs in this segment as we continue to scale our operations to prepare for future launches of an increasing number of programs in 2019 as compared to prior periods. Based on timing differences between the addition of costs related to the increased investment and the related recognition of revenue, we expect that there will be significant variability$49.6 million in segment profitability in this segment between periods.
Segment profitability in our Short Course Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.8 million, an2020. This increase of $2.4 million, or 151%, from $(1.6) million for the same period of 2017. Segment profitability for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes 12 months of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2017 includes only six months of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017. The primary factor favorably impacting segment profitability in this segment was year-over-year growth in revenue. There were also changes in relative expense levels and expense timing in this period of rapid growth for the Short Course Segment, year-over-year. Therefore, changes in segment profitability do not necessarily represent a business trend. Changes in segment profitability are highly dependent upon the timing of new course launches and new course presentations. We expect to increase investment in the development, marketing and support of newer and newly launching courses in this segment. Based on timing differences between the addition of costs related to the increased investment and the related recognition of revenue, we expect that there will be significant variability in segment profitability in this segment between periods.
Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

Revenue by segment and segment profitability for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:
 Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
 2017 2016 Amount Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Revenue by segment 
  
  
  
Graduate Program Segment270,432
 $205,864
 $64,568
 31.4%
Short Course Segment16,320
 
 16,320
 *
Total revenue$286,752
 $205,864
 $80,888
 39.3%
        
Segment profitability 
  
  
  
Graduate Program Segment13,022
 $4,541
 $8,481
 186.8%
Short Course Segment(1,606) 
 (1,606) *
Total segment profitability$11,416
 $4,541
 $6,875
 151.4%
*Not meaningful for comparative purposes.


Table of Contents

Segment profitability in our Graduate Program Segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $13.0 million, an increase of $8.5 million, or 186.8%, from $4.5 million for the same period of 2016. The period-over-period increase in segment profitability in this segment was primarily due to cost growth outpacing revenue growth particularly in marketing expendituresof $105.6 million and marketing and program staffing, during 2017. We had been scaling operationsoperational efficiency initiatives.
Alternative Credential Segment profitability decreased $26.0 million, or 78%, to prepare for future launches of an increasing number of programs in 2017 and 2018$(59.6) million as compared to 2016.$(33.5) million in 2020. This decrease was primarily due to an increase in marketing and sales expense and the the contribution of $11.7 million in operating expense from edX.

Segment profitability in our Short Course Segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $(1.6) million, compared to zero for the same period of 2016. Segment profitability for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes six months of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2016 includes no activity of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.

Key Business and Financial Performance Metrics
We use a number of key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. In addition to adjusted EBITDA (loss), which we discuss
50

Table of Contents

below, and revenue and the components of loss from operations in the section above entitled “Our Business Model and Components of Operating Results,” we utilize full course equivalentFCE enrollments as a key metric to evaluate the success of our growth strategy.business.
Full Course Equivalent Enrollments in Our University Clients’ Offerings
We measure full course equivalentFCE enrollments for each of the courses offered during a particular period by taking the number of students enrolled in that course and multiplying it by the percentage of the course completed during that period. We add the full course equivalentFCE enrollments for each course within each segment to calculate the total full course equivalentFCE enrollments per segment. This metric allows us to consistently view period over periodperiod-over-period changes in enrollments by accounting for the fact that many courses we enable straddle two or moremultiple fiscal quarters. For example, if a course had 25 enrolled students and 40% of the course was completed during a particular period, we would count the course as having 10 full course equivalentFCE enrollments for that period. Any individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period.
Average revenue per full course equivalentFCE enrollment represents our weighted-average revenue per course across the mix of courses being offered during a period in each of our operating segments. This number is derived by dividing the total revenue for a period for each of our operating segments by the number of full course equivalentFCE enrollments within the applicable segment during that same period. This amount may vary from period to period depending on the academic calendars of our university clients, the relative growth rates of our graduatedegree programs, executive education programs, and short courses,boot camps, as applicable, and varying tuition levels, among other factors.
The following table sets forthpresents the full course equivalentFCE enrollments and average revenue per full course equivalentFCE enrollment in our GraduateDegree Program Segment and Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment for each of the periods presented.indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Degree Program Segment
FCE enrollments237,245 198,143 
Average revenue per FCE enrollment$2,497 $2,456 
Alternative Credential Segment
FCE enrollments86,084 80,833 
Average revenue per FCE enrollment$4,105 $3,561 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
Graduate Program Segment     
Full course equivalent enrollments127,678
 98,904
 77,344
Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment$2,728
 $2,734
 $2,662
Short Course Segment     
Full course equivalent enrollments32,202
 10,830
*
Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment$1,969
 $1,507
**$
Adjusted EBITDA (Loss)
We define adjusted EBITDA (loss) as net income or net loss, as applicable, before net interest income (expense), other income (expense), net, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, deferred revenue fair value adjustments, transaction costs, integration costs, restructuring-related costs, stockholder activism costs, certain litigation-related costs, consisting of fees for certain non-ordinary course litigation and other proceedings, impairment charges, losses on debt extinguishment, and stock-based compensation expense. Some of these items may not be applicable in any given reporting period and they may vary from period to period.
*We acquired GetSmarter on July 1, 2017 and their results of operations are included in our financial results from the date of acquisition. As such, the full course equivalent enrollment measures of our short courses in 2017 are measured only for the six months ended December 31, 2017.
**The calculation of short course average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment includes $0.7 million of revenue that was excluded from the results of operations in the third quarter of 2017, due to an adjustment recorded as part of the valuation of GetSmarter.
OfIn the increasesecond quarter of 2021, we revised our definition of adjusted EBITDA (loss) to exclude other income (expense), net in full course equivalent enrollmentsconnection with the recognition of a gain on the sale of our interest in an education technology company. We believe this change is meaningful to investors because we did not have this activity in prior periods, and as a result, excluding the impact of such a gain in 2021 facilitates a period-to-period comparison of our Graduate Program Segmentbusiness. Prior to this revision, our definition of adjusted EBITDA excluded foreign currency gains or losses, which comprised the entirety of our other income (expense), net for all prior periods. The revision to the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 7,899 or 27.5% and 959 or 4.4%, respectively, were attributable to graduate programs launched

Tabledefinition of Contents

during the preceding 12 months. Of the increase in full course equivalent enrollments inadjusted EBITDA (loss) had no impact on our Short Course Segmentreported adjusted EBITDA (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2018, 7,266 were attributable to short courses launched during the preceding 12 months.
Adjusted EBITDA2020.
Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, foreign currency gains or losses, acquisition-related gains or losses and stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA(loss) is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans.plans and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses that are not reflective of our ongoing operating results in calculating adjusted EBITDA (loss) can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA (loss) provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.
Adjusted EBITDA (loss) is not a measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance.
Our use of
51

Table of Contents

adjusted EBITDA (loss) has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of thesethe limitations are:
although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA (loss) does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
adjusted EBITDA (loss) does not reflect (i) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect (ii) the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect (iii) acquisition related gains or losses such as, but not limited to, post-acquisition changes in the value of contingent consideration reflected in operations;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect (iv) transaction and integration costs; (v) restructuring-related costs; (vi) impairment charges; (vii) stockholder activism costs; (viii) certain litigation-related costs; (ix) losses on debt extinguishment; (x) the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflectdeferred revenue fair value adjustments; (xi) interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash availablecash; or (xii) the non-cash expense or the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation, which has been, and we expect will continue to us;be, an important part of our compensation plan; and
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA (loss) differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA (loss) alongside other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other U.S. GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA (loss) to net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(194,766)$(216,484)
Adjustments:
Stock-based compensation expense97,766 82,042 
Other (income) expense, net(22,324)1,429 
Net interest expense49,747 25,963 
Income tax benefit(1,196)(1,514)
Depreciation and amortization expense108,448 96,469 
Loss on debt extinguishment1,101 11,671 
Other*27,801 16,497 
Total adjustments261,343 232,557 
Adjusted EBITDA$66,577 $16,073 
*Includes (i) transaction and integration expense of $16.9 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, (ii) restructuring-related expense of $8.5 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and (iii) stockholder activism and litigation-related expense of $2.4 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
52
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) (20,684)
Adjustments:     
Interest income(5,173) (371) (383)
Interest expense108
 87
 35
Foreign currency loss1,722
 866
 
Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
 19,624
 9,750
Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
Stock-based compensation expense31,410
 21,930
 15,823
Total adjustments55,985
 40,839
 25,225
Adjusted EBITDA$17,655
 $11,416
 $4,541

Financial Condition: Capital Resources and Liquidity
Capital Expenditures





During the year ended
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2018, we had capital asset additions2021, our principal sources of $87.4liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $232.9 million, which were comprisedheld for working capital and general corporate purposes.
In April 2020, we issued the Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $67.2$380 million, including the exercise by the initial purchasers of an option to purchase additional Notes, in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A of the Securities Act. The Notes are governed by an indenture (the “Indenture”) between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2020. The Notes mature on May 1, 2025, unless repurchased, redeemed or converted in accordance with their terms prior to such date. Prior to November 1, 2024, the Notes are convertible only upon satisfaction of certain conditions, and thereafter at any time until the close of business on the second scheduled trading date immediately before the maturity date. In connection with the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with a premium cost of approximately $50.5 million. The capped call transactions are generally expected to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of the Notes and/or to offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, with such reduction and/or offset subject to the cap. The net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were $319.0 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discount, offering expenses and the cost of the capped call transactions. As of December 31, 2021, the conditions allowing holders of the Notes to convert had not been met and we have the right under the Indenture to determine the method of settlement at the time of conversion, and the Notes, therefore, are classified as a non-current on the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 9 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our Notes.
On April 23, 2020, we repaid our $250 million senior secured term loan facility in full (including interest and prepayment premium) and terminated our credit agreement with Owl Rock Capital Corporation. In connection with the extinguishment of our $250 million senior secured term loan facility, we recognized a charge of approximately $11.7 million in capitalized technologythe second quarter of 2020.
On June 25, 2020, we entered into a $50 million credit agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and content development, $7.9 million of tradecollateral agent, and domain names, $7.4 million ofcertain other property and equipment and $4.9 million of leasehold improvements. The $87.4 million increase consisted of $77.2lenders party thereto that provided for $50 million in cash capital expenditures and $5.3revolving loans. In connection with entering into the Term Loan Agreement (as defined below) in June 2021, we terminated our $50 million of non-cash capital expenditures, primarily relatedcredit agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. Refer to the acquisition of certain long-lived assets for which we have an accrued liability. Due to extended payment terms associated with the timing of cash capital expenditures made more than 90 days after the date of purchase, an additional $4.9 million was classified as cash flows from financing activitiesNote 9 in the consolidated statement“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of cash flowsthis Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. In 2019, we expect new capital asset additions of approximately $95 to $98 million, of which approximately $12 to $14 million will be funded by landlord leasehold improvement allowances.
Sources of Liquidity
Public Offerings of Common Stockmore information.
On May 22, 2018August 6, 2020, we sold 3,833,3346,800,000 shares of our common stock to the public, including 500,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, andpublic. We received net proceeds of $330.9 million. On September 11, 2017$299.8 million, which we sold 4,047,500 shares of our common stock to the public, including 547,500 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and received net proceeds of $189.5 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from both of these public offerings of common stock for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including expenditures for graduate program and short course marketing, technology and content development, in connection with new graduate program and short course launches and growing existing graduate programs and short courses, as well as the strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary products, technologies, solutions or businesses.
Lines of Credit
We currently have a $25.0 million revolving line of credit with Comerica Bank (“Comerica”), which had no amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. During 2017, we amended our line of credit agreement multiple times to extend the maturity date as well as to receive Comerica’s consent to our acquisition of GetSmarter and our formation of certain subsidiaries in connection therewith. The most recent amendment was effective as of December 31, 2018, to extend the maturity date of the credit agreement through March 31, 2019.
Under this revolving line of credit, we have the option of borrowing funds subject to (i) a base rate, which is equal to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica’s prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 1% or the 30-day LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%. For amounts borrowed under the base rate, we may make interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with no penalty. For amounts borrowed under LIBOR, we may make interest-only payments in periods of one, two and three months and will be subject to a prepayment penalty if we repay such borrowed amounts before the end of the interest period.
Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The availability of borrowings under this credit line is subject to our compliance with reporting and financial covenants, including, among other things, that we achieve specified minimum three-month trailing revenue levels during the term of the agreement and specified minimum six-month trailing profitability levels for some of our graduate programs, measured quarterly. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures our short-term liquidity, of at least 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our adjusted quick ratios were 12.38 and 5.44, respectively.
The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or security interests in our assets, carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets, declare, make or pay dividends, make capital expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances, enter into transactions with our affiliates, amend or modify the terms of our material contracts, or change our fiscal year. If we are not in compliance with the covenants under the line of credit, after any opportunity to cure such non-compliance, or we otherwise experience an event of default under the line of credit, the lenders may require repayment in full of all principal and interest outstanding. We are currently in compliance with all such covenants.
Certain of our operating lease agreements entered into require security deposits in the form of cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit. As of December 31, 2018, we have entered into standby letters of credit totaling $11.5 million, as security deposits for the applicable leased facilities and standby letters of credit totaling $3.5 million in connection with two government grants. These letters of credit reduced the aggregate amount we may borrow under our revolving line of credit to $10.0 million.
Government Grants


purposes.
In June 2017,2021, we entered into a total of two conditional loan agreementsTerm Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated June 28, 2021 (“the Term Loan Agreement”), with Prince George’s County, MarylandAlter Domus (US) LLC as administrative agent and collateral agent, to make term loans to us in the State of Maryland for an aggregate principal amount of $3.5$475 million each bearing(the “Term Loan Facilities”), which have an interest rate of 3% per annum. These agreements are conditional loan obligations that may be forgiven provided that we attain certain conditions related to employment levels at our Lanham, Maryland headquarters. The loan with the State of Maryland has ainitial maturity date of December 31, 2026,28, 2024. Loans under this facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to a base rate or adjusted Eurodollar rate, as applicable, plus the applicable margin of 4.75% in the case of the base rate loans and 5.75% in the loancase of the Eurodollar loans. We used the proceeds of the Term Loan Facilities to fund a portion of the edX Acquisition and to pay related costs, fees and expenses. On November 4, 2021, we entered into a First Amendment to Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement and a Joinder Agreement, which amended the Term Loan Agreement (collectively, the “Amended Term Loan Facility”) primarily to provide for an incremental facility to us in an original principal amount of $100 million. The proceeds of the Amended Term Loan Facility may be used for general corporate purposes. Refer to Note 9 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our Amended Term Loan Facility.
We have financed our operations primarily through payments from university clients and students for our technology and services, the Amended Term Loan Facility, the Notes, and public and private equity financings. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with Prince George’s County, Maryland has a maturity date of June 22, 2027. The interest expense relatedcash generated from operations and available borrowing capacity under the Amended Term Loan Facility, will be sufficient to these loansmeet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months. We regularly evaluate our liquidity position, debt obligations, and anticipated cash needs, and may consider capital raising and other market opportunities that may be available to us.
Our operations require us to make capital expenditures for content development, capitalized technology, and property and equipment and to service our debt. During the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017 is immaterial.2020, our capital asset additions were $72.0 million and $72.6 million, respectively.
Working Capital
53

Table of Contents

We define working capitalor our affiliates may, at any time and from time to time, seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity or debt, in open-market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will be upon such terms and at such prices as current assets minus current liabilities. Our working capital as of December 31, 2018we may determine, and 2017 was $453.2 millionwill depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and $190.1 million, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents balance within working capital as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $449.8 million and $223.4 million, respectively.other factors. The increase in our working capital in 2018 as compared to 2017 primarily relates to higher cash balances held at year end related to our public offering of common stock in May 2018. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts or certificates of deposits that are currently providing only a minimal return.amounts involved may be material.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:indicated (in thousands).
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Cash (used in) provided by:     
Operating activities$(3,120) $8,106
 $5,210
Investing activities(102,461) (149,374) (24,518)
Financing activities333,037
 196,752
 4,309
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(1,054) (844) 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$226,402
 $54,640
 $(14,999)
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities$(18,074)$29,604 
Net cash used in investing activities(793,434)(69,325)
Net cash provided by financing activities544,860 367,506 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(2,309)1,212 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$(268,957)$328,997 
Operating Activities
Cash flows from operating activities have typically been generated from our net income (loss) and by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly from accounts receivable, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as amortizationdepreciation and depreciationamortization expense and stock-based compensation expense.
CashNet cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3.1increased $47.7 million while cash provided by operating activities for the same period of 2017 was $8.1 million, a change of $11.2 million, or 138.5%. This $11.2 million change in operating cash flows was primarily due to a $25.8 million change in working capital and a $8.9 million increase in net loss. These changes in operating cash flows were partially offset by a $13.2 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, a $9.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and an increase in other net cash inflows of $0.8 million. Our cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 included a full year of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2017 included only six months of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $8.1 million, an increase of $2.9 million or 55.6% from net cash provided by operating activities of $5.2$29.6 million forin 2020 to net cash used in operating activities of $18.1 million in 2021. This increase was the same periodresult of 2016. This was primarily duea net increase in the use of cash of $80.9 million related to changes in net operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by a $8.7decrease of $21.7 million increase in net loss, and a $5.2net increase of $11.6 million change in working capital. These decreasesnon-cash adjustments.
Net cash used from net changes in operating assets and liabilities increased $80.9 million from net cash provided of $18.4 million in 2020 to net cash used of $62.6 million. This net increase in cash used was primarily due to $42.4 million of net changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, an increase of $19.7 million in accounts receivable and other receivables as a result of revenue growth, a lower increase in deferred revenue of $16.7 million on a comparative basis to prior year, and an increase of $2.2 million in cash used for prepaid expense and other assets.
Non-cash adjustments increased $11.6 million from $227.7 million in 2020 to $239.3 million in 2021. This net increase was due to an increase of $49.9 million in non-cash adjustments, primarily driven by higher stock-based compensation and depreciation and amortization expense. This increase was partially offset by a $27.8 million gain recognized during 2021, with no corresponding gain in 2020, in connection with the sale of our investment in an education technology company, and a net decrease of $10.6 million in loss on debt extinguishment driven by the 2020 settlement of our $250 million senior secured term loan facility.
Investing Activities
Our investing activities primarily consist of strategic acquisitions, divestitures and purchases of property and equipment to support the overall growth of our business. We expect our investing cash flows to be affected by the timing of payments we make for capital expenditures and the strategic acquisition or other growth opportunities we decide to pursue.
Net cash used in investing activities increased $724.1 million from $69.3 million in 2020 to $793.4 million in 2021. This net increase in cash used was primarily due to $761.1 million in use of cash for the 2021 business acquisition of edX and an increase of $3.3 million in cash outflows for property and equipment purchases. These cash uses were partially offset by a $9.9$38.8 million increase in stock-based compensation expenseproceeds from the sale of investments, including $37.8 million from the sale of our investment in an education technology company completed in 2021.
Financing Activities
Our financing activities primarily consist of long-term debt borrowings, the repayment of principal on long-term debt, tax withholding payments associated with the settlement of restricted stock units and a $6.1the exercise of stock options.
Net cash provided by financing activities increased $177.4 million increasefrom $367.5 million in depreciation and amortization expense. Of the $8.12020 to $544.9 million in 2021. This net increase in cash provided by operating activities, $1.7 million is associated with the GetSmarter acquisition.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $102.5 million, a decrease of $46.9 million from $149.4 million for the same period of 2017. This decrease was primarily due to the July 1, 2017 acquisitionincrease of GetSmarter for $97.1$192.2 million in net proceeds received from
54

Table of Contents

long-term debt borrowings, net of payments related to the initial purchaser’s discount, offering expenses, prepayment premium penalty, debt issuance costs, and a $15.3 million decrease in purchasesthe cost of property, plant and equipment as we moved into new facilitiesthe capped call transactions. Refer to Note 9 in the prior year. These decreases“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in outflowsPart II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our debt. In addition, the net increase in cash provided includes an increase of $2.3 million in cash proceeds received from the exercise of stock options. Cash proceeds were partially offset by an increase of $41.4$14.0 million in amortizable intangible assets to support a greater numbertax withholding payments associated with the settlement of launched graduate programsrestricted stock units and short courses. The increase in amortizable intangible assets included an increase of $17.3$3.4 million in acquisitions of technology to be integrated into our platform,


including $9.0 million related to the purchase of WeWork’s intangible assets. Additionally offsetting these items was a $25.0 million outflow related to a short-term investment in a certificate of deposit.
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $149.4 million, an increase of $124.9 million from $24.5 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to $97.1 million in net cash paid to acquire GetSmarter, a $19.7 million increase in purchases of property and equipment for our new office locations, and a $7.1 million increase in additions to amortizable intangible assets to support a greater number of launched graduate programs and short courses.
Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $333.0 million, an increase of $136.3 million from $196.8 million for the same period of 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $141.4 million in proceeds received from our public offering of common stock, partially offset by an outflow of $4.9 million related to payments on the acquisition of amortizable intangible assets.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $196.8 million, an increase of $192.4 million from $4.3 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to $189.5 million in proceeds received from our public offering of common stock and $2.0 million in net proceeds from borrowings.long-term debt.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our obligations under the Notes, deferred government grant obligations, non-cancelable operating leases, commitments to certain of our university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights, and purchase obligations as of December 31, 2018.2021. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these amounts.
 Payment due by period
Contractual ObligationsLess than
1 year
1 - 3 years3 - 5 yearsMore than
5 years
Total
 (in thousands)
Term loan facilities*$43,434 $640,541 $— $— $683,975 
Convertible senior notes**8,550 17,100 384,275 — 409,925 
Deferred government grant obligations— — — 3,500 3,500 
Operating lease obligations24,200 43,324 35,945 69,674 173,143 
Future minimum payments to university clients1,725 1,250 1,250 1,900 6,125 
Purchase obligations***9,426 12,365 — — 21,791 
Total$87,335 $714,580 $421,470 $75,074 $1,298,459 
 Payment due by period
Contractual Obligations
Less than
1 year
 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 
More than
5 years
 Total
 (in thousands)
Deferred government grant obligations$
 $
 $
 $3,500
 $3,500
Operating lease obligations12,941
 27,920
 27,592
 68,347
 136,800
Future minimum payments to university clients10,125
 1,250
 1,250
 3,775
 16,400
Purchase obligations7,234
 6,550
 
 
 13,784
Total$30,300
 $35,720
 $28,842
 $75,622
 $170,484
*Amounts represent principal and interest.
**Amounts represent principal and fixed-rate interest cash payments over the life of the convertible senior notes, including anticipated interest payments that are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. Any future settlement of convertible senior notes would impact our cash payments.
***Other purchase orders made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the table above. Any amounts for which we are liable under purchase orders are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
Contingent Payments
We have entered into an agreementagreements with onecertain of our university clientclients in our GraduateDegree Program Segment under which we would be obligatedthat require us to make future minimum program payments in the event that certain program metrics are not achieved. Due to the dependency of these calculationsachieved on future program performance, the timing and amounts ofan annual basis. We recognize any associatedestimated contingent payments cannot be reasonably estimated atunder these agreements as contra revenue over the period to which they relate, and record a liability in other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
In the first quarter of 2019, we entered into an agreement to make investments in an education technology company of up to $15.0 million, upon demand by the investee. During the second quarter of 2021, we sold our investment in this time,education technology company and have therefore been excludedwere released from the table above.any further obligation to make additional investments.
See Note 67 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 and “Legal Proceedings” contained in Part I, Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding contingencies.
Other
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions differ from our assumptions.

55

Table of Contents


While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition, Accounts ReceivableReceivables and AllowanceProvision for Doubtful Accounts
On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and the related amendments using the modified retrospective transition method and concluded that doing so did not have a material impact on the amount and timing of either our revenue or costs. As part of our assessment, we completed reviews of our contracts and evaluated our costs, including costs of obtaining contracts with our university clients and costs associated with content development. Certain of these contract and content costs are capitalized under the new standard. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact as of January 1, 2018, and no cumulative adjustment was recorded. Further, the amounts reported as of December 31, 2018 on our consolidated balance sheets and our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss would not have been materially different than under legacy U.S. GAAP (i.e., Topic 605).Credit Losses
We generate substantially all of our revenue from contractual arrangements, with either our university clients or students, to provide a comprehensive platform of tightly integrated technology and technology-enabled services that support our graduate programs and short courses.offerings.
Performance Obligations
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we will be entitled in exchange for transferring services to the customer. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the expected value method. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Any estimates, including the effect of the constraint on variable consideration, are evaluated at each reporting period, and if necessary, we adjust our estimate of the overall transaction price. Revenue is then recognized over the remaining estimated period of performance using the cumulative catch-up method.
Our GraduateDegree Program Segment derives revenue primarily from contractually specified percentages of the amounts our university clients receive from their students in 2U-enabled graduatedegree programs for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in certain university contracts. Our contracts with university clients in this segment typically have terms of 10 to 15 year initial termsyears and have a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide a platform of tightly integrated technology and services that university clients need to attract, enroll, educate and support students are not distinct within the context of the contracts. The single performance obligation is delivered as the university clients receive and consume benefits, which occurs ratably over a series of academic terms. The amounts received from university clients over the term of the arrangement are variable in nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students that are enrolled in the program within each academic term. These amounts are allocated to and are recognized ratably over the related academic term, defined as the period beginning on the first day of classes through the last. Revenue is recognized net of an allowance, which is established for our expected obligation to refund tuition and fees to university clients.
Our Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment derives revenue directlyprimarily from contracts with students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in, and progress through, our short courses, whichexecutive education programs and boot camps. Our executive education programs run between sixtwo and 16 weeks, while our boot camps run between 12 and 24 weeks. OurIn this segment, our contracts with students in this segment have multiple performance obligations asinclude the delivery of the short courseeducational and related student support services and are each considered distincttreated as either a single performance obligations. Theseobligation or multiple performance obligations, depending upon the offering being delivered. All performance obligations are each satisfied ratably over the same short course presentation period, which is defined as the period beginning on the first day of the course through the last. We recognize the gross proceeds received, net of any applicable pricing concessions, from the students enrolled and sharesshare contractually specified percentagesamounts received from students with ourthe associated university clients,client, in exchange for providing short course contentlicenses to use the university brand name and certification, whichother university trademarks. These amounts are recognized as curriculum and teaching costsexpenses on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Our contracts with university clients in this segment are typically shorter and less restrictive than our contracts with university clients in our GraduateDegree Program Segment.
We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for our GraduateDegree Program Segment because the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service that forms part of a single performance obligation. We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for our Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment because the performance obligation isobligations are part of a contractcontracts that has anhave original durationdurations of less than one year.
Contract Acquisition Costs
We pay commissions to certain of our employees to obtain contracts with university clients in our Graduate Program Segment. These costs are capitalized and recorded on a contract-by-contract basis and amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life, which is generally the length of the contract.
With respect to contract acquisition costs in our Short Course Segment, we have elected to apply the practical expedient in ASC Topic 606 to expense these costs as incurred, as the terms of contracts with students in this segment are less than one year.

Table of Contents

Payments to University Clients
Pursuant to certain of our contracts in the GraduateDegree Program Segment, we have made, or are obligated to make, payments to university clients at either the execution of a contract or at the extension of a contract in exchange for various marketing and other rights. Generally, these amounts are capitalized as other assets on our consolidated balance sheets, and amortized as contra revenue over the life of the contract, commencing on the later of when payment is due or when contract revenue recognition begins.
Accounts Receivable,
56

Table of Contents

Receivables, Contract Assets and Liabilities
Balance sheet items related to contracts consist of accounts receivable, net, other receivables, net and deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets. Included in accountsAccounts receivable, net areincludes trade accounts receivable, which are comprised of billed and unbilled revenue. Our trade accounts receivable balances have terms of less than one year. Accounts receivable, net is stated at amortized cost net realizable value, and we utilizeof provision for credit losses. Our methodology to measure the allowance methodprovision for credit losses requires an estimation of loss rates based upon historical loss experience adjusted for factors that are relevant to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation ofdetermining the expected collectability of the amounts due.accounts receivable. Some of these factors include current market conditions, delinquency trends, aging behavior of receivables and credit and liquidity quality indicators for industry groups, customer classes or individual customers. Our estimates are reviewed and revised periodically based on historical collection experience and a reviewthe ongoing evaluation of the current status of accounts receivable, net.credit quality indicators. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from prior estimates.
We recognize unbilled revenue when revenue recognition occurs in advance of billings. Unbilled revenue is recognized in our GraduateDegree Program Segment because billings to university clients do not occur until after the academic term has commenced and final enrollment information is available. Our unbilled revenue represents contract assets.
Other receivables, net are comprised of amounts due under tuition payment plans with extended payment terms from students enrolled in certain of our alternative credential offerings. These plans, which are managed and serviced by third-party providers, are designed to assist students with covering tuition costs after all other student financial assistance and scholarships have been applied. The associated receivables generally have payment terms that exceed one year and are recorded net of any implied pricing concessions, which are determined based on our collections history, market data and any time value of money component. There are no fees or origination costs included in these receivables.
Deferred revenue represents the excess of amounts billed or received as compared to amounts recognized in revenue on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as of the end of the reporting period, and such amounts are reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets. Our deferred revenue represents contract liabilities. We generally receive payments for our share of tuition and fees from graduate programDegree Program Segment university clients early in each academic term and from short courseAlternative Credential Segment students, either in full upon registration for the course or in full before the end of the course based on a payment plan, prior to completion of the service period. These payments are recorded as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until our obligations are otherwise met, at which time revenue is recognized.
GoodwillBusiness Combinations
GoodwillThe purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the cost of an acquired entity, net of the amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is recognized as goodwill. The net assets and results of operations of an acquired entity are included on our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.
The purchase price overallocation process requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Although we believe the fair value of identified net assetsassumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable, they are based in part on historical experience, market conditions, and information obtained from management of the business acquired. Our goodwill balance relatesacquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired or may acquire in the future include but are not limited to the acquisitioncash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted-average cost of GetSmarter in 2017. We review goodwill at least annually, as of October 1. Between annual tests, goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. We will test our goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We initially assess qualitative factors to determine if it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment review. We will review our goodwill for impairment using the two-step process if we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment or determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value based on our qualitative assessment. Upon the completion of the two-step process, we may be required to recognize an impairment based on the difference between the carrying valuecapital, and the fair valuecost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur, which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.
On November 16, 2021, we completed the goodwill recorded.edX Acquisition for a preliminary purchase price of $773 million. Refer to Note 3 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding this transaction.
Internally-DevelopedLong-Lived Assets
Amortizable Intangible Assets
Acquired Definite-lived Intangible Assets. We capitalize purchased definite-lived intangible assets, such as software, websites and domains, and amortize them on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life. Historically, we have assessed the useful lives of these acquired intangible assets to be between three and 10 years.
Capitalized Technology
Technology. Capitalized technology includes certain purchased software and technology licenses, direct third-party costs, and internal payroll and payroll-related costs used in the creation of our internal-use software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/post-
57

Table of Contents

implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating our and the university’s networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over which we expect to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costsamounts are amortized onusing the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.
Capitalized Content Development
Development. We develop content for each offering on a course-by-course basis in conjunctioncollaboration with university client faculty and industry experts. Depending upon the faculty for each graduate program and short course. Universityoffering, we may use materials provided by university clients and their faculty, generally provide materials used for the course in an on-campus setting, including curricula, case studies, presentations and other reading materials, and presentations.materials. We are responsible for the conversioncreation of the materials into a format suitable for delivery through our online learning platform, including all expenses associated with this effort. With regardrespect to the GraduateDegree Program Segment, the development of content is part of our single performance obligation and is considered a contract fulfillment cost.

Table of Contents

The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, we capitalize internal payroll and payroll-related costsexpenses incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the university clients’ offerings for delivery via our online learning platform. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both us and the university client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs begin.begins. The capitalized costs for each offering are recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in capitalized content costs in amortizable intangible assets, net on our consolidated balance sheets. These costsamounts are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective course, which is generally four to five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by faculty members for similar on-campus offerings.
Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets
We review long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, capitalized technology, costs, capitalized content development costs and acquired finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized technology and content development, costs, the costsamounts are grouped by the lowest level of independent cash flows (i.e., by degree program or short course, for content development costs).flows. Recoverability of a long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of an asset exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the asset or asset group. Our impairment analysis is based upon cumulative results and forecasted performance.
Goodwill and Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
We review goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, as of October 1, and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill or an indefinite-lived asset below its carrying value.
Goodwill
We test our goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We initially assess qualitative factors to determine if it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment review. We review goodwill for impairment using a quantitative approach if we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment or determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value based on a qualitative assessment. Upon completion of a quantitative assessment, we may be required to recognize an impairment based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the reporting unit.
We determine the fair value of a reporting unit by utilizing a weighted combination of the income-based and market-based approaches.
The income-based approach requires us to make significant assumptions and estimates. These assumptions and estimates primarily include, but are not limited to, the selection of appropriate peer group companies, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and forecasts of revenue, operating income, depreciation and amortization expense, capital expenditures and future working capital requirements. When determining these assumptions and preparing these estimates, we consider each reporting unit’s historical results and current operating trends, revenue, profitability, cash flow results and forecasts, and industry trends. These estimates can be affected by a number of factors including, but not limited to, general economic and regulatory conditions, market capitalization, the continued efforts of competitors to gain market share and prospective student enrollment patterns.
58

Table of Contents

In addition, the value of a reporting unit using the market-based approach is estimated by comparing the reporting unit to other publicly-traded companies and/or to publicly-disclosed business mergers and acquisitions in similar lines of business. The value of a reporting unit is based on pricing multiples of certain financial parameters observed in the comparable companies. We also make estimates and assumptions for market values to determine a reporting unit’s estimated fair value.
Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and the goodwill impairment test result. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the goodwill balance was $834.5 million and $415.8 million, respectively. See Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for more information regarding goodwill.
Based on our quantitative assessment performed during 2019 and the qualitative assessments performed as of October 1 in 2020 and 2021, we believe that the estimated fair values of the reporting units exceeded their carrying values by no less than 10%. It is possible that future changes in our circumstances, including potential impacts from COVID-19, or in the variables associated with the judgments, assumptions and estimates used in assessing the fair value of our reporting units, could require us to record impairment charges in the future. Subsequent to year-end and through the date of this filing, we experienced a significant decline in our market capitalization, from $1.5 billion to $0.8 billion. Management is evaluating whether this decline represents a triggering event for assessing the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset balances for impairment in the first quarter of 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the balances of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset were $834.5 million and $255.0 million, respectively.
Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Our indefinite-lived intangible asset was acquired in November 2021 and represents the established edX trade name. Given the timing of the edX Acquisition, we will review this asset for impairment as of October 1, 2022, or earlier if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of this asset below its carrying value.
Stock-Based Compensation
We provide stock-based compensation awards consisting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) and stock options to employees, directors and consultants. We measure all stock-based compensation awards at fair value as of the grant date. The fair values of RSUs and PRSUs containing performance-based vesting conditions are based on the fair value of our stock on the date of grant. We use a Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option grants and a Monte Carlo valuation model to estimate the fair value of PRSUs containing market-based vesting conditions . We also maintain the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and estimate the fair value of each purchase right thereunder as of the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo valuation models require the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. For stock option grants, the risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of our employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the “simplified method.” Under the “simplified method,” the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We use the “simplified method” due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the estimated expected life of the stock options. We assume no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with our history of not declaring or paying dividends to date.
For PRSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions, the risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected life is consistent with the performance measurement period of the awards. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the estimated expected life. We assume no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with our history of not declaring or paying dividends to date. The valuations determined by the Monte Carlo simulation utilize 50,000 future stock prices for us and our peer group. We have chosen this amount for the simulation as to minimize the standard modeling error and believe that the resulting distribution gives a reasonable estimate of the grant date fair value.
59

Table of Contents

For awards subject only to service-based vesting conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards’ requisite service period. For awards subject to both service and performance-based vesting conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. For awards subject to both service and market-based vesting conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method over the requisite service period beginning with the date of the grant and ending upon completion of the service period, with stock-based compensation expense being recognized irrespective of the achievement of the market condition. For shares subject to the ESPP, we use the straight-line method to record stock-based compensation expense over the respective offering period.
Refer to Note 12 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our stock-based compensation awards.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the FASB’s recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on us.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. Our exposure to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is deemed moderate as further described below. In addition, we do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described in the succeeding paragraphs.
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with potentialthrough our borrowings available under our bank line of credit which was procured in December 2013 and amended in January 2017. BorrowingsAmended Term Loan Facility. Loans under the revolving line of creditthis facility bear interest at variable rates. Increasesa per annum rate equal to a base rate or adjusted Eurodollar rate, as applicable, plus the applicable margin of 4.75% in LIBOR or our lender’s primethe case of the base rate would increaseloans and 5.75% in the amountcase of interest payable on any borrowings outstanding under this line of credit. No amounts were outstanding asthe Eurodollar loans. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.2021, borrowings under our Amended Term Loan Facility were $572.4 million. A hypothetical change in interest rates by 100 basis points would not have a material impact on our financial position.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Prior to July 1, 2017, we did not have significant foreign currency exchange risk. Beginning in the third quarter of 2017, with the acquisition of GetSmarter, we nowWe transact material business in foreign currencies and are exposed to risks resulting from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposures are related to non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and operating expenses in South Africa and the United Kingdom. Accounts relating to foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using prevailing exchange rates at the relevant period end. As a result, we would experience increased revenue and operating expenses in our non-U.S. operations if there were a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. Conversely, we would experience decreased revenue and operating expenses in our non-U.S. operations if there were an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. Translation adjustments are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
For the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, our foreign currency translation adjustment was a loss of $13.8$6.1 million and a gainloss of $5.3$3.0 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, we recognized foreign currency exchange losses of $1.7$2.5 million and $0.9$1.4 million, respectively, included on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Table of Contents

The foreign exchange rate volatility of the trailing 12 months ended December 31, 20182021 was 13%11% and 6%5% for the South African rand and British pound, respectively. The foreign exchange rate volatility fromof the date of acquisition of GetSmarter totrailing 12 months ended December 31, 20172020 was 10%13% and 5%9% for the South African rand and British pound, respectively. A 10% fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates would have had an immaterial effect on our results of operations and cash flows for all periods presented.
The fluctuations of currencies in which we conduct business can both increase and decrease our overall revenue and expenses for any given fiscal period. Such volatility, even when it increases our revenuesrevenue or decreases our expenses,expense, impacts our ability to accurately predict our future results and earnings.
Inflation
60
We do not believe that inflation currently has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, though we continue to monitor costs we incur in higher inflationary economies. Additionally, we continue to monitor all inflation-driven costs, regardless of where they are incurred. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, the price increases implemented by our university clients and our own pricing strategies might not fully offset the higher costs, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.


Table of Contents


Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


2U, Inc.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG, LLP, McLean, VA Auditor Firm ID: 185)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019

61

Table of Contents




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
2U, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-yearthree‑year period ended December 31, 2018,2021, and the related notes and financial statement ScheduleIIValuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-yearthree‑year period ended December 31, 2018,2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—ControlIntegrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 26, 2019March 1, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenues and related costs in 2018 due to the adoption, effective January 1, 2018, of ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Determination of implied pricing concessions
As discussed in Note14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s Alternative Credential Segment recorded revenue of $353 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the transaction price in certain contracts with customers of the Alternative Credential Segment includes variable consideration, subject to a constraint, in the form of implied pricing concessions. The Company initially estimates the value of implied pricing concessions, including the effect of the constraint on variable consideration, at contract inception and updates the estimate in each reporting period based on the Company’s own collection history data and market data.
We identified the assessment of the estimated implied pricing concessions as a critical audit matter. Significant auditor judgment was involved in evaluating the reliability of market data and the weighting applied to the Company’s own collection history data and the market data used in estimating the overall rate of implied pricing concessions.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s process to estimate the overall rate of
62

Table of Contents

implied pricing concessions, including controls related to the reliability of the market data and determination of the weighting applied to the Company’s own collection history data and market data used in the estimate. We evaluated the reliability of the market data by considering the source and nature of the data. We evaluated the reasonableness of the weighting applied to the Company’s own collection history data and market data by performing sensitivity analyses over those inputs and by comparing the Company’s overall rate of implied pricing concessions to data published by certain agencies of the federal government.
Evaluation of acquisition-date fair value of acquired intangible assets
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on November 16, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of edX, Inc. (edX) in a business combination. As a result of the transaction, the Company acquired trade names and university client relationships as intangible assets with acquisition-date fair value of $255 million and $104 million, respectively.
We identified the evaluation of the initial measurement of the trade names and university client relationships intangible assets acquired in the edX transaction as a critical audit matter. The estimated acquisition-date fair values of these intangible assets were sensitive to changes in significant assumptions used to measure their fair values. Specifically, there was a high degree of subjective auditor judgment involved in evaluating:
the forecasted revenue growth, forecasted margins on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA margins), and the discount rate used to value the trade names
the forecasted revenue used to value the university client relationships.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s acquisition-date valuation process to develop the significant assumptions discussed above. We evaluated the forecasted revenue growth and EBITDA margins used to value the trade names by comparing them to those of the Company’s peers and edX’s historical results. We evaluated the forecasted revenue used to value the university client relationships by comparing it to edX’s historical results. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
evaluating the Company’s discount rate used to value the trade names by comparing it against a discount rate that was independently developed using publicly available third-party market data for comparable entities
developing an estimate of the fair value of the trade names using the Company’s forecasted cash flows and our independently developed discount rate and comparing the result to the Company’s fair value estimate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.
McLean, Virginia
February 26, 2019March 1, 2022

63

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
2U, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—ControlIntegrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—ControlIntegrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018,2021, and the related notes and financial statement ScheduleIIValuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 26, 2019March 1, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company completed the edX Acquisition during 2021, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, edX’s internal control over financial reporting associated with 1% of total assets and 1% of total revenue included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of edX, Inc.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
McLean, Virginia
February 26, 2019
McLean, Virginia
March 1, 2022

64

Table of Contents


2U, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 December 31,
2018
 December 31,
2017
Assets 
  
Current assets 
  
Cash and cash equivalents$449,772
 $223,370
Investments25,000
 
Accounts receivable, net32,636
 14,174
Prepaid expenses and other assets14,272
 10,509
Total current assets521,680
 248,053
Property and equipment, net52,299
 49,055
Goodwill61,852
 71,988
Amortizable intangible assets, net136,605
 90,761
University payments and other assets, non-current34,918
 22,205
Total assets$807,354
 $482,062
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
  
Current liabilities 
  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses$27,647
 $22,629
Accrued compensation and related benefits23,001
 19,017
Deferred revenue8,345
 7,024
Other current liabilities9,487
 9,330
Total current liabilities68,480
 58,000
Deferred government grant obligations3,500
 3,500
Deferred tax liabilities, net6,949
 10,087
Lease-related and other liabilities, non-current23,416
 22,643
Total liabilities102,345
 94,230
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

 

Stockholders’ equity 
  
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 57,968,493 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018; 52,505,856 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 201758
 53
Additional paid-in capital957,631
 588,289
Accumulated deficit(244,166) (205,836)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(8,514) 5,326
Total stockholders’ equity705,009
 387,832
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$807,354
 $482,062







 December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Assets  
Current assets  
Cash and cash equivalents$232,932 $500,629 
Restricted cash16,977 18,237 
Accounts receivable, net67,287 46,663 
Other receivables, net29,439 1,076 
Prepaid expenses and other assets47,217 38,277 
Total current assets393,852 604,882 
Other receivables, net, non-current21,568 24,332 
Property and equipment, net48,650 52,734 
Right-of-use assets76,841 60,785 
Goodwill834,539 415,830 
Intangible assets, net665,523 312,770 
Other assets, non-current68,033 72,931 
Total assets$2,109,006 $1,544,264 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity  
Current liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses$166,458 $130,674 
Deferred revenue91,926 75,493 
Lease liability13,985 10,024 
Other current liabilities61,138 21,178 
Total current liabilities333,507 237,369 
Long-term debt845,316 273,173 
Deferred tax liabilities, net1,726 2,810 
Lease liability, non-current98,666 83,228 
Other liabilities, non-current636 6,694 
Total liabilities1,279,851 603,274 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)00
Stockholders’ equity  
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued— — 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 75,754,663 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021; 72,451,521 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 202076 72 
Additional paid-in capital1,735,628 1,646,574 
Accumulated deficit(890,638)(695,872)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(15,911)(9,784)
Total stockholders’ equity829,155 940,990 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$2,109,006 $1,544,264 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

65

Table of Contents


2U, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
Revenue$411,769
 $286,752
 $205,864
Costs and expenses     
Curriculum and teaching23,290
 6,609
 
Servicing and support67,203
 50,767
 40,982
Technology and content development63,812
 45,926
 33,283
Marketing and sales221,015
 150,923
 106,610
General and administrative82,989
 62,665
 46,021
Total costs and expenses458,309
 316,890
 226,896
Loss from operations(46,540) (30,138) (21,032)
Interest income5,173
 371
 383
Interest expense(108) (87) (35)
Other expense, net(1,722) (866) 
Loss before income taxes(43,197) (30,720) (20,684)
Income tax benefit4,867
 1,297
 
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(0.69) $(0.60) $(0.44)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted55,833,492
 49,062,611
 46,609,751
Other comprehensive loss 
  
  
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0 for all periods presented(13,840) 5,326
 
Comprehensive loss$(52,170) $(24,097) $(20,684)







 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
Revenue$945,682 $774,533 $574,671 
Costs and expenses
Curriculum and teaching130,817 107,968 63,270 
Servicing and support138,548 125,851 98,890 
Technology and content development179,061 155,949 115,473 
Marketing and sales456,096 390,174 342,395 
General and administrative208,598 173,526 131,020 
Impairment charge— — 70,379 
Total costs and expenses1,113,120 953,468 821,427 
Loss from operations(167,438)(178,935)(246,756)
Interest income1,475 1,354 5,800 
Interest expense(51,222)(27,317)(13,419)
Loss on debt extinguishment(1,101)(11,671)— 
Other income (expense), net22,324 (1,429)(707)
Loss before income taxes(195,962)(217,998)(255,082)
Income tax benefit1,196 1,514 19,860 
Net loss$(194,766)$(216,484)$(235,222)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(2.61)$(3.22)$(3.83)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted74,580,115 67,142,976 61,393,666 
Other comprehensive income (loss)   
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0 for all periods presented(6,127)(2,980)1,710 
Comprehensive loss$(200,893)$(219,464)$(233,512)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

66

Table of Contents


2U, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share amounts)
Common StockAdditional Paid-In CapitalAccumulated DeficitAccumulated Other Comprehensive LossTotal Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated Deficit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total Stockholders’ Equity SharesAmount
Shares Amount 
Balance, December 31, 201545,776,455
 $46
 $351,324
 $(155,581) $
 $195,789
Balance, December 31, 2018Balance, December 31, 201857,968,493 $58 $957,631 $(244,166)$(8,514)$705,009 
Issuance of common stock in connection with business combination, net of offering costsIssuance of common stock in connection with business combination, net of offering costs4,608,101 184,317 — — 184,322 
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdingsIssuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings502,795 — (2,574)— — (2,574)
Exercise of stock options1,011,153
 1
 4,858
 
 
 4,859
Exercise of stock options361,134 — 3,119 — — 3,119 
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings351,319
 
 (382) 
 
 (382)
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase planIssuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan123,365 — 3,382 — — 3,382 
Issuance of common stock award12,708
 
 (168) 
 
 (168)Issuance of common stock award5,221 — — — — — 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 15,823
 
 
 15,823
Stock-based compensation expense— — 51,504 — — 51,504 
Net loss
 
 
 (20,684) 
 (20,684)Net loss— — — (235,222)— (235,222)
Balance, December 31, 201647,151,635
 47
 371,455
 (176,265) 
 195,237
Cumulative-effect of accounting change (Note 2)
 
 148
 (148) 
 
Balance, December 31, 2016, adjusted47,151,635
 47
 371,603
 (176,413) 
 195,237
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment— — — — 1,710 1,710 
Balance, December 31, 2019Balance, December 31, 201963,569,109 63 1,197,379 (479,388)(6,804)711,250 
Issuance of common stock in connection with a public offering of common stock, net of offering costsIssuance of common stock in connection with a public offering of common stock, net of offering costs6,800,000 299,789 — — 299,796 
Equity component of convertible senior notes, net of issuance costsEquity component of convertible senior notes, net of issuance costs— — 114,551 — — 114,551 
Purchases of capped calls in connection with convertible senior notesPurchases of capped calls in connection with convertible senior notes— — (50,540)— — (50,540)
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdingsIssuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings1,582,362 (4,784)— — (4,782)
Exercise of stock options846,821
 1
 6,614
 
 
 6,615
Exercise of stock options353,480 — 4,177 — — 4,177 
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings459,900
 1
 (1,310) 
 
 (1,309)
Issuance of common stock in connection with a public offering of common stock, net of offering costs4,047,500
 4
 189,452
 
 
 189,456
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 21,930
 
 
 21,930
Net loss
 
 
 (29,423) 
 (29,423)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
 
 
 
 5,326
 5,326
Balance, December 31, 201752,505,856
 53
 588,289
 (205,836) 5,326
 387,832
Exercise of stock options1,012,473
 1
 7,365
 
 
 7,366
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings553,159
 
 (3,451) 
 
 (3,451)
Issuance of common stock in connection with a public offering of common stock, net of offering costs3,833,334
 4
 330,897
 
 
 330,901
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan63,671
 
 3,121
 
 
 3,121
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan146,570 — 3,960 — — 3,960 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 31,410
 
 
 31,410
Stock-based compensation expense— — 82,042 — — 82,042 
Net loss
 
 
 (38,330) 
 (38,330)Net loss— — — (216,484)— (216,484)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
 
 
 
 (13,840) (13,840)Foreign currency translation adjustment— — — — (2,980)(2,980)
Balance, December 31, 201857,968,493
 $58
 $957,631
 $(244,166) $(8,514) $705,009
Balance, December 31, 2020Balance, December 31, 202072,451,521 72 1,646,574 (695,872)(9,784)940,990 
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdingsIssuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings2,839,887 (18,784)— — (18,780)
Exercise of stock options, netExercise of stock options, net312,570 — 6,489 — — 6,489 
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase planIssuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan150,685 — 3,583 — — 3,583 
Stock-based compensation expenseStock-based compensation expense— — 97,766 — — 97,766 
Net lossNet loss— — — (194,766)— (194,766)
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment— — — — (6,127)(6,127)
Balance, December 31, 2021Balance, December 31, 202175,754,663 $76 $1,735,628 $(890,638)$(15,911)$829,155 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

Table of Contents


2U, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
Cash flows from operating activities 
  
  
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 
  
  
Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
 19,624
 9,750
Stock-based compensation expense31,410
 21,930
 15,823
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
  
  
Accounts receivable, net(18,497) (5,634) (6,885)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(4,932) 1,549
 (1,090)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses4,724
 3,504
 (2,459)
Accrued compensation and related benefits4,046
 2,504
 3,086
Deferred revenue1,527
 1,661
 528
Payments to university clients(11,322) (13,239) 2,234
Other liabilities, net(6,243) 4,763
 4,907
Other1,712
 867
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(3,120) 8,106
 5,210
Cash flows from investing activities 
  
  
Purchase of a business, net of cash acquired
 (97,102) 
Purchases of property and equipment(11,996) (27,316) (7,648)
Additions of amortizable intangible assets(65,190) (23,823) (16,728)
Purchase of investments(25,000) 
 
Advances made to university clients(300) (1,950) 
Advances repaid by university clients25
 817
 
Other
 
 (142)
Net cash used in investing activities(102,461) (149,374) (24,518)
Cash flows from financing activities 
  
  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs330,901
 189,463
 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options7,366
 6,615
 4,859
Proceeds from Employee Stock Purchase Plan share purchases3,121
 
 
Proceeds from debt
 3,500
 
Payments on debt
 (1,517) 
Tax withholding payments associated with settlement of restricted stock units(3,451) (1,309) (378)
Payments for acquisition of amortizable intangible assets(4,900) 
 
Other
 
 (172)
Net cash provided by financing activities333,037
 196,752
 4,309
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(1,054) (844) 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents226,402
 54,640
 (14,999)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period223,370
 168,730
 183,729
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$449,772
 $223,370
 $168,730





 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities   
Net loss$(194,766)$(216,484)$(235,222)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:   
Non-cash interest expense25,403 16,267 1,153 
Depreciation and amortization expense108,448 96,469 69,843 
Stock-based compensation expense97,766 82,042 51,504 
Non-cash lease expense18,933 15,153 11,725 
Loss on sublease4,845 — — 
Provision for credit losses8,036 4,642 1,425 
Impairment charge— — 70,379 
Loss on debt extinguishment1,101 11,671 — 
Gain on sale of investment(27,762)— — 
Other2,515 1,443 1,982 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets and liabilities acquired:   
Accounts receivable, net(31,756)(17,877)11,949 
Other receivables(27,001)(21,148)(1,354)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(7,467)(5,230)(27,166)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses21,212 41,959 11,542 
Deferred revenue9,388 26,061 10,014 
Other liabilities, net(26,969)(5,364)(29,748)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(18,074)29,604 (51,974)
Cash flows from investing activities   
Purchase of a business, net of cash acquired(761,118)(949)(388,004)
Additions of amortizable intangible assets(60,546)(62,784)(64,923)
Purchases of property and equipment(9,788)(6,517)(13,421)
Purchase of investments(1,000)— (10,000)
Proceeds from investments38,818 — 25,000 
Advances made to university clients— — (400)
Advances repaid by university clients200 925 350 
Net cash used in investing activities(793,434)(69,325)(451,398)
Cash flows from financing activities   
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs— 299,796 — 
Proceeds from debt569,477 371,681 244,724 
Payments on debt(4,334)(837)— 
Extinguishment of long-term facility— (250,000)— 
Purchases of capped calls in connection with issuance of convertible senior notes— (50,540)— 
Prepayment premium on extinguishment of senior secured term loan facility— (2,528)— 
Payment of debt issuance costs(11,575)(3,419)(1,953)
Tax withholding payments associated with settlement of restricted stock units(18,780)(4,784)(2,574)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options6,489 4,177 3,119 
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan share purchases3,583 3,960 3,382 
Payments for acquisition of intangible assets— — (2,180)
Net cash provided by financing activities544,860 367,506 244,518 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(2,309)1,212 (1,049)
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(268,957)328,997 (259,903)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period518,866 189,869 449,772 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$249,909 $518,866 $189,869 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68

Table of Contents

2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


1.    Organization
2U, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a leadingan online education technology company that well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities trust to bring them into the digital age.platform company. The Company’s comprehensive platform of tightly integrated technology and services provides the digital infrastructure universities needmission is to attract, enroll, educate and support students at scale. With the Company’s platform, students can pursue their education anytime, anywhere, without quitting their jobs or moving; and university clients can improveexpand access to high-quality educational outcomes, skills attainment and career prospects for a greater number of students.opportunities that unlock human potential.
On July 1, 2017,November 16, 2021, pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated June 28, 2021 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, completededX Inc., a Massachusetts nonprofit corporation (“edX Inc.”) and edX LLC (f/k/a Circuit Sub LLC), a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of edX Inc. (“edX”), edX Inc. contributed substantially all of its acquisition of allassets to edX and the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equitymembership interests of Get Educated International Proprietary Limited (“GetSmarter”edX (the “edX Acquisition”). including the edX brand, website, and marketplace.
As a result of the acquisitionedX Acquisition, the Company expanded its digital education offerings to include open courses and micro-credential offerings at the undergraduate and graduate levels and added an education consumer marketplace, edx.org, with over 42 million registered learners. Substantially all of GetSmarter,the results of edX’s operations are included in the Alternative Credential Segment.
Following the completion of the edX Acquisition, the Company now managesserves more than 230 top-ranked global universities and other leading institutions, and offers more than 3,600 high-quality online learning opportunities, including open courses, executive education offerings, boot camps, micro-credentials, professional certificates as well as undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Company expects edX to be the primary brand for its operations in two operating segments, which are alsoproducts and services and that edx.org will operate as its twoglobal online learning marketplace. Refer to Note 3 for further information about the edX Acquisition.
With the edX Acquisition, the Company is now positioned as one of the world’s most comprehensive free-to-degree online learning platforms. The Company believes its platform and robust consumer marketplace provide clients with the digital infrastructure to launch world-class online education offerings and allow students to easily access high-quality, job-relevant education offerings without the barriers of cost or location.
The Company has 2 reportable segments: the GraduateDegree Program Segment and the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment.
The Company’s GraduateDegree Program Segment provides the technology and services to well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities primarily in the United States, to enable the online delivery of degree programs. Students enrolled in these programs are generally seeking an undergraduate or graduate degree of the same quality they would receive on campus. In the first quarter of 2021, the Company changed the name of this segment from Graduate Program Segment to Degree Program Segment because this segment now includes undergraduate degree programs.
The Company’s Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment provides premium online short courses to working professionals around the worldexecutive education programs and technical, skills-based boot camps through relationships with leading universitiesnonprofit colleges and universities. Students enrolled in these offerings are generally seeking to reskill or upskill through shorter duration, lower-priced offerings that are relevant to the United States,needs of industry and society. Following the United Kingdom and South Africa. ReferedX Acquisition, we changed the name of our “short courses” in our Alternative Credential Segment to Note 13 for further information on the Company’s segments.“executive education” to more clearly align with industry terminology.
2.    Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified prior period amounts in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows to conform to the current period’s presentation of other receivables. Within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, the Company reclassified $1.1 million from prepaid expenses and other assets to other receivables, net and $24.3 million from other assets, non-current to other receivables, net, non-current. Within the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company reclassified $21.1
69

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
million and $1.4 million, respectively, from changes in prepaid expenses and other assets to changes in other receivables. This reclassification had no impact on the previously reported operating cash flows.
The Company has reclassified certain other prior period amounts in the consolidation statements of cash flows to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported operating, financing, or financing cash flows.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported herein. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant items subject to such estimates include, but are not limited to, the measurement of provisions for credit losses, implied price concessions, acquired intangible assets, the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and the fair value of the convertible senior notes. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, particularly in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by changes in those estimates. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis.
Investments
The Company’s investments within current assets on the consolidated balance sheets relate to certificates of deposit with original maturities between three months and one year. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had a $25.0 million certificate of deposit included in investments that qualifies as a Level 1 fair value measurement asset and was stated at cost, which approximates fair value.
Revenue Recognition, Accounts ReceivableReceivables and AllowanceProvision for Doubtful Accounts
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and the related amendments using the modified retrospective transition method and has concluded that doing so did not have a material impact on the amount and timing of either its revenue or costs. As part of its assessment, the Company completed reviews of its contracts and evaluated its costs, including costs of obtaining contracts with its university clients and costs associated with content development. Certain of these contract and content costs are capitalized under the new standard. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact as of January 1, 2018, and no cumulative adjustment was recorded. Further, the amounts reported as of December 31, 2018 on the consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 reported on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss would not have been materially different than under legacy U.S. GAAP (i.e., Topic 605).Credit Losses
The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from contractual arrangements, with either its university clients or students, to provide a comprehensive platform of tightly integrated technology and technology-enabled services that support its graduate programs and short courses.
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

offerings.
Performance Obligations
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for transferring services to the customer. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the expected value method. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Any estimates, including the effect of the constraint on variable consideration, are evaluated at each reporting period, and if necessary, the Company adjusts its estimate of the overall transaction price. Revenue is then recognized over the remaining estimated period of performance using the cumulative catch-up method.
The GraduateDegree Program Segment derives revenue primarily from contractually specified percentages of the amounts the Company’s university clients receive from their students in 2U-enabled graduatedegree programs for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges the Company has agreed to exclude in certain university contracts. The Company’s contracts with university clients in this segment typically have terms of 10 to 15 year initial termsyears and have a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide a platform of tightly integrated technology and services that university clients need to attract, enroll, educate and support students are not distinct within the context of the contracts. The single performance obligation is delivered as the university clients receive and consume benefits, which occurs ratably over a series of academic terms. The amounts received from university clients over the term of the arrangement are variable in nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students that are enrolled in the program within each academic term. These amounts are allocated to and are recognized ratably over the related academic term, defined as the period beginning on the first day of classes through the last. Revenue is recognized net of an allowance, which is established for the Company’s expected obligation to refund tuition and fees to university clients.
The Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment derives revenue directlyprimarily from contracts with students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in, and progress through, the Company’s short courses, whichexecutive education programs and boot camps. The Company’s executive education programs run between sixtwo and 16 weeks, while boot camps run between 12 and 24 weeks. TheIn this segment, the Company’s contracts with students in this segment have multiple performance obligations asinclude the delivery of the short courseeducational and related student support services and are each considered distincttreated as either a single performance obligations. Theseobligation or multiple performance obligations, depending upon the offering being delivered. All performance obligations are each satisfied ratably over the same short course presentation period, which is defined as the period beginning on the first day of the course through the last. The Company recognizes the gross proceeds received, net of any applicable pricing concessions, from the students enrolled and shares contractually specified percentagesamounts received from students with itsthe
70

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
associated university clients,client, in exchange for providing short course contentlicenses to use the university brand name and certification, whichother university trademarks. These amounts are recognized as curriculum and teaching costsexpenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company’s contracts with university clients in this segment are typically shorter and less restrictive than the Company’s contracts with university clients in the GraduateDegree Program Segment.
The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for the GraduateDegree Program Segment because the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service that forms part of a single performance obligation. The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment because the performance obligation isobligations are part of a contractcontracts that has anhave original durationdurations of less than one year.
Contract Acquisition Costs
The Company pays commissions to certain of its employees to obtain contracts with university clients in the GraduateDegree Program Segment. These costs are capitalized and recorded on a contract-by-contract basis and amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life, which is generally the length of the contract.
With respect to contract acquisition costs in the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in ASCAccounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 to expense these costs as incurred, as the terms of contracts with students in this segment are less than one year.
Payments to University Clients
Pursuant to certain of the Company’s contracts in the GraduateDegree Program Segment, the Company has made, or is obligated to make, payments to university clients at either the execution of a contract or at the extension of a contract in exchange for various marketing and other rights. Generally, these amounts are capitalized as other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and amortized as contra revenue over the life of the contract, commencing on the later of when payment is due or when contract revenue recognition begins.
Accounts Receivable,Receivables, Contract Assets and Liabilities
Balance sheet items related to contracts consist of accounts receivable, net, other receivables, net, and deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Included in accountsAccounts receivable, net areincludes trade accounts receivable, which are comprised of billed and unbilled revenue. The Company’s trade accounts receivable balances have terms of less than one year. Accounts receivable, net is stated at amortized cost net realizable value, andof provision for credit losses. The Company’s methodology to measure the Company utilizesprovision for credit losses requires an estimation of loss rates based upon historical loss experience adjusted for factors that are relevant to determining the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of theexpected collectability of the amounts due.accounts receivable. Some of these factors include current market conditions, delinquency trends, aging behavior of receivables and credit and liquidity quality indicators for industry groups, customer classes or individual customers. The Company’s estimates are reviewed and revised periodically based on historical collection experience and a reviewthe ongoing evaluation of the current status of
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

accounts receivable, net.credit quality indicators. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from prior estimates.
The Company recognizes unbilled revenue when revenue recognition occurs in advance of billings. Unbilled revenue is recognized in the GraduateDegree Program Segment because billings to university clients do not occur until after the academic term has commenced and final enrollment information is available. The Company’s unbilled revenue represents contract assets.
Other receivables, net are comprised of amounts due under tuition payment plans with extended payment terms from students enrolled in certain of the Company’s alternative credential offerings. These plans, which are managed and serviced by third-party providers, are designed to assist students with covering tuition costs after all other student financial assistance and scholarships have been applied. The associated receivables generally have payment terms that range from 12 to 42 months and are recorded net of any implied pricing concessions, which are determined based on our collections history, market data and any time value of money component. There are no fees or origination costs included in these receivables.
Deferred revenue represents the excess of amounts billed or received as compared to amounts recognized in revenue on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as of the end of the reporting period, and such amounts are reflected as a current liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s deferred revenue represents contract liabilities. The Company generally receives payments for its share of tuition and fees from graduate programDegree Program Segment university clients early in each academic term and from short courseAlternative Credential Segment students, either in full upon registration for the course or in full before the end of the course based on a payment plan, prior to completion of the service period. These payments are
71

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
recorded as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until the Company’s obligations are otherwise met, at which time revenue is recognized.
Business CombinationsMarketing and Sales Costs
The purchase priceCompany’s marketing and sales costs relate to activities to attract students to offerings across both of an acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. The excess ofCompany’s segments. This includes the cost of an acquired entity, net of the amounts assigned to the assets acquiredSearch Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing and liabilities assumed, is recognized as goodwill. The net assets and results of operations of an acquired entity are included on the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s bank accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed, based on collection history.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking accounts, money market accounts, investments in certificates of deposit that have an original maturity of three months or less and highly liquid marketable securities with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, advances to university clients, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, based on the Company’s principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous, market for the specific asset or liability.
U.S. GAAP provides for a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis,Social Media Optimization, as well as assetspersonnel and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The fair value hierarchy requirespersonnel-related expense for the Company to use observable inputs when available,Company’s marketing and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:
Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities; and
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Advances to University Clients
The Company is contractually obligated to pay advances to certain of its university clients in order to fund start-up expenses of the program on behalf of the university client. Advances to university clients are stated at realizable value. Advances are repaid to the Company on terms as required in the respective agreements. The Company recognizes imputed interest income on these advance payments when the related amount of imputed interest is deemed significant.recruiting teams. For the years ended December 31, 2018,2021, 2020 and 2019, expense related to the Company’s marketing and advertising efforts of its own brand were not material. All such costs are expensed as incurred and reported in marketing and sales expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company provides stock-based compensation awards consisting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) and stock options to employees, directors and consultants. The Company measures all stock-based compensation awards at fair value as of the grant date. The fair values of RSUs and PRSUs containing performance-based vesting conditions are based on the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company uses a Monte Carlo valuation model to estimate the fair value of PRSUs containing market-based vesting conditions and uses a Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of stock option grants. The Company also maintains the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and 2016,estimates the fair value of each purchase right thereunder as of the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
For awards subject only to service-based vesting conditions, the Company did not incur a material amount of imputed interest income.
Long-Lived Assets
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions, construction and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is expensed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to five years for computer hardware and five to seven years for furniture and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciatedrecognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated useful life of the improvement, which generally ranges from fourawards’ requisite service period. For awards subject to approximately 11 years. Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewedboth service and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company’s current estimates of the respective assets’ expected utility. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Amortizable Intangible Assets
Acquired Intangible Assets.    The Company capitalizes purchased intangible assets, such as software, websites and domains, and amortizes them on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life. Historically,performance-based vesting conditions, the Company has assessedrecognizes stock-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the useful lives of these acquired intangible assetsperformance condition will be achieved. For awards subject to be between threeboth service and ten years.
Capitalized Technology.    Capitalized technology includes certain purchased software and technology licenses, direct third-party costs, and internal payroll and payroll-related costs used in the creation of our internal-use software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating the Company’s and the university’s networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over whichmarket-based vesting conditions, the Company expects to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costs are amortizedrecognizes stock-based compensation expense using the straight-linean accelerated recognition method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.
Capitalized Content Development.    The Company develops content for each offering on a course-by-course basis in conjunctionrequisite service period beginning with the faculty for each graduate program and short course. University clients and their faculty generally provide materials used for the course in an on-campus setting, including curricula, case studies and other reading materials, and presentations. The Company is responsible for the conversion of the materials into a format suitable for delivery through its online learning platform, including all expenses associated with this effort. With regard to the Graduate Program Segment, the development of content is part of the Company’s single performance obligation and is considered a contract fulfillment cost.
The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, the Company capitalizes internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the university clients’ offerings for delivery via the Company’s online learning platform. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both the Company and the university client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs begins. The capitalized costs for each offering are recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in capitalized content costs in amortizable intangible assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective course, which is generally four to five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by faculty members for similar on-campus offerings.
Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, capitalized technology costs, capitalized content development costs and acquired finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized technology and content development costs, the costs are grouped by the lowest level of independent cash flows (i.e., by degree program or short course, for content development costs). Recoverability of a long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of an asset exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the asset or asset group. The Company’s impairment analysis is based upon cumulative results and forecasted performance.
Non-Cash Long-Lived Asset Additions
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had capital asset additions of $87.4 million in property and equipment and capitalized technology and content development, of which $5.3 million consisted of non-cash capital expenditures, primarily related to the acquisition of certain long-lived assets for which a liability was accrued. Due to extended payment terms associated with the timing of cash capital expenditures made more than 90 days after the date of purchase, an additional $4.9 million was classified as cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had capital asset additions of $62.3 million in propertygrant and equipment and capitalized technology and content development, of which $11.2 million consisted of non-cash capital expenditures, primarily related to landlord funded leasehold improvements.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identified net assets of the business acquired. The Company’s goodwill balance relates to the acquisition of GetSmarter in 2017. The Company reviews goodwill at least annually, as of October 1. Between annual tests, goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company tests goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company initially assesses qualitative factors to determine if it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment review. The Company will review goodwill for impairment using the two-step process if it decides to bypass the qualitative assessment or determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value based on a qualitative assessment. Upon theending upon completion of the two-step process, the Company may be required to recognize an impairment based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair valueservice period, with stock-based compensation expense being recognized irrespective of the goodwill recorded.
Employee Benefits
The Company offers a varietyachievement of benefits to its employees (e.g., healthcare, gym memberships and tuition reimbursement).the market condition. The Company accounts for costs relatedforfeitures as they occur. For shares subject to providing employee benefits as incurred, unless there is a service requirement, in which case, such costs are recognizedthe ESPP, the Company uses the straight-line method to record stock-based compensation expense over the service commitmentrespective offering period.
2U, Inc.
NotesRefer to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Government Grants
Government grants awarded toNote 12 for further information about the Company in the form of forgivable loans are recorded as “deferred government grant obligations” within long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets until all contingencies are resolved and the grant is determined to be realized.Company’s stock-based compensation awards.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that are included in the financial statements. Under this method, the deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of the assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in the period when the new rate is enacted. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. The Company considers all positive and negative evidence relating to the realization of the deferred tax assets in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The Company currently maintains a full valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in the U.S. and certain entities in the foreign jurisdictions.
The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, determines the amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. De-recognitionDerecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized would occur if the Company subsequently determines that a tax position no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Marketing and Sales Costs
72

The majority
Table of the marketing and sales costs incurred by the Company are directly related to acquiring students for its university clients’ graduate programs, with lesser amounts related to acquiring students for its short course and marketing and advertising efforts related to the Company’s own brand. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, costs related to the Company’s marketing and advertising efforts of its own brand were not material. All such costs are expensed as incurred and reported in marketing and sales expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $10.3 million and $11.7 million, respectively, of accrued marketing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Leases
The Company leases all of its office facilities and enters into various other lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. Additionally, many of the Company’s lease agreements contain renewal options, tenant improvement allowances, rent holiday and/or rent escalation clauses. The Company defers tenant improvement allowances and amortizes such balances as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease. When rent holidays or rent escalations are included in a lease agreement, the Company records a deferred rent asset or liability on the consolidated financial statements, and records these items in rent expense evenly over the term of the lease.
The Company is also required to make additional payments under operating lease terms for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the operating lease period; such items are expensed as incurred. Rental deposits are included as other assets on the consolidated financial statements for lease agreements that require payments in advance or deposits held for security that are refundable, less any damages, at the end of the respective lease.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. For awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on aContents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking accounts, money market accounts, investments in certificates of deposit that have an original maturity of three months or less and highly liquid marketable securities with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
Restricted Cash
The Company maintains restricted cash as collateral for standby letters of credit for the Company’s leased facilities and in connection with the deferred government grant obligations.
Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, receivables, advances to university clients, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, based on the Company’s principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous, market for the specific asset or liability.
U.S. GAAP provides for a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as a result of impairment charges. The Company remeasures non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment, and records them at fair value only when recognizing an impairment loss. The fair value hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. Refer to Notes 4 and 5 for further discussion of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The three tiers are defined as follows:
Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities; and
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.
The Company has financial instruments, including cash deposits, receivables, accounts payable and debt. The carrying values for such financial instruments, other than than the Company’s convertible senior notes, each approximated their fair values as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to Note 9 for more information regarding the Company’s convertible senior notes.
Long-Lived Assets
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions, construction and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is expensed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to five years for computer hardware and five to seven years for furniture and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the awards’ requisitelesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated useful life of the improvement, which generally ranges from four to approximately 11 years. Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company’s current estimates of the respective assets’ expected utility. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
73

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Amortizable Intangible Assets
Acquired Definite-lived Intangible Assets.    The Company capitalizes purchased intangible assets, such as software, websites and domains, and amortizes them on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life. Historically, the Company has assessed the useful lives of these acquired intangible assets to be between three and 10 years.
Capitalized Technology.    Capitalized technology includes certain purchased software and technology licenses, direct third-party costs, and internal payroll and payroll-related costs used in the creation of our internal-use software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating the Company’s and the university’s networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over which the Company expects to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, period. Effective Aprilthese amounts are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.
Capitalized Content Development.    The Company develops content for each offering on a course-by-course basis in collaboration with university client faculty and industry experts. Depending upon the offering, the Company may use materials provided by university clients and their faculty, including curricula, case studies, presentations and other reading materials. The Company is responsible for the creation of materials suitable for delivery through the Company’s online learning platform, including all expenses associated with this effort. With respect to the Degree Program Segment, the development of content is part of the Company’s single performance obligation and is considered a contract fulfillment cost.
The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, the Company capitalizes internal payroll and payroll-related expenses incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the university clients’ offerings for delivery via the Company’s online learning platform. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both the Company and the university client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development begins. The capitalized costs for each offering are recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in intangible assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective course, which is generally four to five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by faculty members for similar on-campus offerings.
Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, capitalized technology, capitalized content development and acquired finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized technology and content development, the amounts are grouped by the lowest level of independent cash flows. Recoverability of a long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of an asset exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the asset or asset group. The Company’s impairment analysis is based upon cumulative results and forecasted performance.
Non-Cash Long-Lived Asset Additions
The Company had non-cash capital asset additions of $1.8 million and $3.3 million in property and equipment, during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Goodwill and Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
The Company reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, as of October 1, and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill or an indefinite-lived asset below its carrying value.
74

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Goodwill
Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identified net assets of businesses acquired. The Company’s goodwill balance relates to its acquisitions of GetSmarter in July 2017, expected volatilityTrilogy in May 2019 and edX in November 2021. The Company tests goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company initially assesses qualitative factors to determine if it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment review. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment using a quantitative approach if it decides to bypass the qualitative assessment or determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value based on a qualitative assessment. Upon completion of a quantitative assessment, the Company may be required to recognize an impairment based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the reporting unit.
The Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit by utilizing a weighted combination of the income-based and market-based approaches.
The income-based approach requires the Company to make significant assumptions and estimates. These assumptions and estimates primarily include, but are not limited to, the selection of appropriate peer group companies, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and forecasts of revenue, operating income, depreciation and amortization expense, capital expenditures and future working capital requirements. When determining these assumptions and preparing these estimates, the Company considers each reporting unit’s historical results and current operating trends, revenue, profitability, cash flow results and forecasts, and industry trends. These estimates can be affected by a number of factors including, but not limited to, general economic and regulatory conditions, market capitalization, the continued efforts of competitors to gain market share and prospective student enrollment patterns.
In addition, the value of a reporting unit using the market-based approach is estimated by comparing the reporting unit to other publicly traded companies and/or to publicly-disclosed business mergers and acquisitions in similar lines of business. The value of a reporting unit is based on pricing multiples of certain financial parameters observed in the historical volatilitiescomparable companies. The Company also makes estimates and assumptions for market values to determine a reporting unit’s estimated fair value.
Based on the Company’s quantitative assessment performed during 2019 and the qualitative assessments performed as of October 1 in 2020 and 2021, the Company believes that the estimated fair values of the reporting units exceeded their carrying values by no less than 10%. It is possible that future changes in the Company’s circumstances, including potential impacts from COVID-19, or in the variables associated with the judgments, assumptions and estimates used in assessing the fair value of the Company’s common stock. Prior to January 1, 2017,reporting units, could require the Company adjusted stock-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures of stock-based awards. As describedto record additional impairment charges in the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” sectionfuture.
Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset was acquired in November 2021 and represents the established edX trade name. Given the timing of the edX Acquisition, the Company will review this asset for impairment as of October 1, 2022, or earlier if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of this asset below its carrying value.
Equity Interests
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a $10.0 million investment in an education technology company recorded within other assets, non-current on the consolidated balance sheets. This investment did not have a readily determinable fair value, and was accounted for as a cost method investment, which was subject to fair value remeasurement upon the occurrence of an observable event. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company sold its investment in this education technology company and recorded a gain on sale of $27.8 million. Refer to Note beginning on January 1, 2017, the7 for further information.
Employee Benefits
The Company offers a variety of benefits to its employees (e.g., health care, gym memberships and tuition reimbursement). The Company accounts for forfeitures (andcosts related to providing employee benefits as incurred, unless there is a service requirement, in which case, such costs are recognized over the impact on stock-based compensation expense) as they occur. For awards subjectservice commitment period.
75

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to both performance and service-based vesting conditions,Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Convertible Senior Notes
In April 2020, the Company recognizes stock-based compensationissued 2.25% convertible senior notes due May 1, 2025 (the “Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of $380 million, including the exercise by the initial purchasers of an option to purchase additional Notes, in a private offering. Refer to Note 9 for more information regarding the Notes.
The Notes are accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Subtopic 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-20”). Pursuant to ASC 470-20, issuers of certain convertible debt instruments, such as the Notes, that have a net settlement feature and may be settled wholly or partially in cash upon conversion are required to separately account for the liability (debt) and equity (conversion option) components of the instrument. The carrying amount of the liability component of the instrument is computed by estimating the fair value of a similar liability without the conversion option using a market-based approach. The amount of the equity component is then calculated by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the principal amount of the instrument. The difference between the principal amount and the liability component represents a debt discount that is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes using the effective interest rate method. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. In accounting for the issuance costs related to the Notes, the allocation of issuance costs incurred between the liability and equity components was based on their relative values.
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs are incurred as a result of entering into certain borrowing transactions and are presented as a reduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the associated debt instrument. The amortization of debt issuance costs is included as a component of interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. If the Company extinguishes debt prior to the end of the underlying instrument’s full term, some or all of the unamortized debt issuance costs may need to be written off, and a loss on extinguishment may need to be recognized. Refer to Note 9 for further information about the Company’s debt.
Leases
For the Company’s operating leases, an accelerated recognition methodassessment is performed to determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the information necessary to determine the rate implicit in the Company’s leases is not readily available, the Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any prepaid lease payments made, less lease incentives. The Company’s lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is probablereasonably certain that the performance conditionCompany will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company does not have any finance leases for any periods presented.
The Company has elected, as an accounting policy for its leases of real estate, to account for lease and non-lease components in a contract as a single lease component. In addition, the recognition requirements are not applied to leases with a term of 12 months or less. Rather, the lease payments for short-term leases are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Variable payments that depend on an index or a rate are initially measured using the index or rate at the lease commencement date. Such variable payments are included in the total lease payments when measuring the lease liabilities and ROU assets. The Company will only remeasure variable payments that depend on an index or a rate when the Company is remeasuring the lease liabilities due to any of the following occurring: (i) the lease is modified and the modification is not accounted for as a separate contract; (ii) a contingency, upon which some or all of the variable lease payments that will be achieved.paid over the remainder of the lease term are based, is resolved; (iii) there is a change in lease term; (iv) there is a change in the probability of exercising a purchase option; or (v) there is a change in the amount probable of being owed under residual value guarantees. Until the lease liabilities are remeasured due to one of the aforementioned events, additional payments for an increase in the index or rate will be recognized in the period in which they are incurred. Variable payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are excluded from the measurement of the lease liabilities and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred.
76

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Business Combinations
The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. The excess of the cost of an acquired entity, net of the amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is recognized as goodwill. The net assets and results of operations of an acquired entity are included on the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.
Foreign Currency Translation
For the portion of the Company’s non-U.S. business where the local currency is the functional currency, operating results are translated into U.S. dollars using the average rate of exchange for the period, and assets and liabilities are converted at the closing rates on the period end date. Gains and losses on translation of these accounts are accumulated and reported as a separate component of stockholder’s equity and comprehensive loss.
For any transaction that is in a currency different from the entity’s functional currency, the Company records a gain or loss based on the difference between the exchange rate at the transaction date and the exchange rate at the transaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled) as other income (expense), net on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s bank accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed, based on collection history.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2018,October 2020, the FinancialFASB issued Accounting Standards BoardUpdate (“FASB”ASU”) issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which requires customers in cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts to follow the internal-use software guidance in ASC 350-40 to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets or expense as incurred.2020-10, Codification Improvements. The amendments in this ASU affect a wide variety of topics in the Accounting Standards Codification by either clarifying the codification or correcting unintended application of guidance. The amendments do not change U.S. GAAP and, therefore, are not expected to result in a significant change in current accounting practice. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2021. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08 Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. The new guidance requires companies to apply ASC Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities with customers acquired in a business combination, which creates an exception to the general recognition principle in ASC Topic 805. In addition, the guidance clarifies that companies should apply the definition of a performance obligation in ASC Topic 606 when recognizing contract liabilities assumed in a business combination. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early2022 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the standard in the fourth quarter of 2021, effective January 1, 2021. Adoption of this standard is reflected in the preliminary purchase price allocation of the edX Acquisition. Refer to Note 3 for further information about the edX Acquisition.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts indexed to and potentially settled in an entity’s own equity. The new guidance eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. As a result, in more cases, convertible debt will be accounted for as a single instrument. The guidance also removes certain conditions for equity classification related to contracts in an entity’s own equity and requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted.
The Company will adopt this ASU on a modified retrospective basis in the first quarter of 2022, effective as of JulyJanuary 1, 2018 under2022. The Company expects that the prospective method. Duringadoption of this ASU will have a material effect on the six months ended December 31, 2018 sinceCompany’s consolidated
77

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2.    Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
financial statements. Although the Company continues to evaluate the effect of the ASU on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the adoption of this ASU is expected to result in an increase in long-term debt of approximately $81.7 million to reflect the full principal amount of the Notes outstanding, net of issuance costs, a reduction of approximately $114.6 million to additional paid-in capital to remove the equity component separately recorded for the conversion features associated with the Notes, a reduction in deferred tax liabilities of approximately $22.1 million, and a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening accumulated deficit of $32.8 million. After the adoption of this ASU, the Company capitalized $0.4 millionCompany’s interest expense will be reduced as there will not be any further amortization of implementation costs incurredthe debt discount due to the derecognition of the equity component that represents the value of the conversion option on the issuance date of the Notes. In addition, adoption of this ASU requires the use of the if-converted method for all convertible notes in its cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts.the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation and the inclusion of the effect of potential share settlement of the convertible notes, if the effective is more dilutive. No impact to the number of potentially dilutive shares is expected upon adoption. Adoption of this standard is not expected to impact the Company’s liquidity or cash flows.
In July 2018,March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-09, Codification Improvements2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU is intended to provide optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, to ease the potential accounting and financial reporting burden associated with the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. This ASU may be applied as of the beginning of any interim period that includes its effective date (i.e., which clarifies and corrects unintended applications of guidance, and makes improvements to several Accounting Standards Codification topics. The applicable amendments in this ASU will be effective for the Company in annual periods beginning afterMarch 12, 2020) through December 15, 2018.31, 2022. The Company will adopt this standard when LIBOR is discontinued and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In June 2018,January 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation2020-01, Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 718)321), Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): ImprovementsClarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815. This ASU was issued to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifiesclarify the interaction of the accounting for share-based paymentsequity securities under ASC 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in ASC 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under ASC 815. With respect to nonemployees. Thethe interactions between ASC 321 and ASC 323, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates step two from the goodwill impairment test and requiresclarify that an entity should consider observable transactions that require it to recognize an impairment charge foreither apply or discontinue the amount by whichequity method of accounting when applying the carrying amountmeasurement alternative in ASC 321, immediately before applying or discontinuing the equity method of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company expects that the adoption of this standard will impact its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures only to the extent that a future goodwill impairment test results in the recognition of an impairment charge.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The ASU addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice surrounding how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017.accounting. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018.2021. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements of cash flows andor related disclosures.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in the accounting standards. The amendments in this ASU include removal of certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 related to recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intraperiod tax allocation and calculating income taxes in an interim period. The ASU also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes, including the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2021. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
3.    Business Combination
On November 16, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of edX pursuant to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2021 (the “Purchase Agreement”). The total preliminary purchase price was $773.0 million in cash consideration, of which $23.0 million was distributed to an escrow account to satisfy indemnification claims and purchase price adjustments, as applicable. The preliminary purchase price is subject to customary adjustments based on, among other things, the finalization of working capital as of the closing date. The Company recorded $14.8 million and $0.3 million of acquisition costs in general and administrative expense related to this acquisition during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and revenue of $5.2 million and operating expense of $14.4 million have been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations since the date of acquisition.
Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total preliminary purchase price was allocated to edX’s net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of November 16, 2021. The
78

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The ASU simplifies various aspects related to the accounting and presentation of share-based payments. The guidance also allows employers to withhold shares to satisfy minimum statutory withholding requirements up to the employees’ maximum individual tax rate without causing the award to be classified as a liability. Additionally, the guidance stipulates that cash paid by an employer to a taxing authority when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes should be classified as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows, and allows companies to elect an accounting policy to either estimate the share-based award forfeitures (and expense) or account for forfeitures (and expense) as they occur. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2017. In connection with the adoption of this standard, the Company elected to no longer apply an estimated forfeiture rate and will instead account for forfeitures as they occur. Accordingly, the Company applied the modified retrospective adoption approach, which resulted in a $0.1 million cumulative-effect reduction to retained earnings with an offset to additional paid-in-capital.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU introduces a model for lessees requiring most leases to be reported on the balance sheet. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and the Company will adopt this ASU in the first quarter of 2019. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases and ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements. ASU No. 2018-10 clarifies ambiguous or potentially conflicting guidance in ASU No. 2016-02, but is not expected to have a material impact on the Company. ASU No. 2018-11 provides entities with an additional transition method to adopt Topic 842. Under the new transition method, an entity initially applies the new lease standard at the adoption date, rather than at the beginning of the earliest period presented, and recognizes a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has elected this transition method upon the adoption date of January 1, 2019. In December 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842): Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors, to add clarity to lessor accounting for sales taxes, certain lessor costs and certain requirements related to variable payments in contracts. ASU No. 2018-20 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company.
A number of optional practical expedients may be applied in transition. The Company does not intend to recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less, as permitted by the short-term lease practical expedient. In transition, the Company plans to apply the package of practical expedients that permit entities to not reassess (i) whether expired or existing contracts contain a lease under the new standard, (ii) the lease classification for expired or existing leases, or (iii) whether previously capitalized initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new standard. The Company plans to apply the practical expedient that permits a lessee to account for lease and non-lease components in a contract as a single lease component. In addition, the Company does not intend to use hindsight during transition.
The Company is currently evaluating the effect that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and is in the process of considering changes to its systems and processes. Upon adoption, the Company expects to record right-of-use assets of approximately $33 million, which have been adjusted for accrued rent, and the remaining balance of any lease incentives upon transition, and corresponding lease liabilities of approximately $58 million on the consolidated balance sheets for its operating leases. This ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

3.    Business Combination (Continued)
On July 1, 2017, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary (“2U South Africa”), completed its acquisition of allallocation of the outstanding equity interestspreliminary purchase price is pending the finalization of Get Educated International Proprietary Limited (“GetSmarter”) pursuant to a Share Sale Agreement, datedthe acquired company’s working capital as of May 1, 2017 (the “Share Sale Agreement”), as amended by an addendum, dated as of June 29, 2017, for a net purchase price of $98.7 million in cash. In addition, 2U South Africa agreed to pay a potential earn out payment of up to $20.0 million, subject to the achievement of certain financial milestones in calendar years 2017closing date and 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the financial milestones were not met and no earn out payment was due. The valuationfinalization of the fair value of acquired deferred revenue and other liabilities, deferred income tax assets acquired and liabilities, and assumed (i.e., purchase price allocation) was completed as of December 31, 2017.non-income tax liabilities.
The Company has completed its valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of GetSmarter. The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation based on the estimated fair valuesvalue of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition:
 Estimated
Useful Life (in years)
Purchase Price
Allocation
  (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents $11,901 
Accounts receivable6,608 
Prepaid expenses and other assets11,379 
Property and equipment, net529 
Right-of-use assets2,868 
Other assets, non-current572 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses(17,024)
Deferred revenue(20,264)
Lease liability(2,868)
Other liabilities(32,934)
Intangible assets: 
Developed technology315,400 
University client relationships10104,000 
Enterprise client relationships1014,300 
Trade namesindefinite255,000 
Goodwill 423,552 
 $773,019 
Of the total preliminary purchase price, the Company allocated $255.0 million and $133.7 million to indefinite-lived intangibles and definite-lived intangibles, respectively. The estimated values of the definite-lived intangibles is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. The methodologies utilized to determine the estimated fair values of the acquired intangible assets are Level 3 measurements.
The acquired indefinite-lived intangible asset represents the established edX trade name that we expect to be the primary brand for the Company’s marketplace, educational offerings and services. Acquired client relationships represent agreements with existing clients as of the acquisition date. The fair values of the trade name and the client relationships were determined using the discounted cash flow method. Under this method, the Company’s significant assumptions and estimates included expected future cash flows and the weighted-average cost of capital.
The acquired developed technology represents technology that had reached technological feasibility and for which development had been completed as of the date of the Acquisition. The Company utilized the relief-from-royalty valuation method to value the acquired technology. Under this method, the Company’s significant assumptions and estimates included an estimated market royalty rate, remaining useful life, future revenue, and a rate of return utilized in the determination of a discounted present value.
The goodwill balance is primarily attributed to the assembled workforce, expanded market opportunities and operating synergies anticipated upon the integration of the operations of the Company and edX. The goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Refer to Note 5 for details.
79

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


3.    Business Combination (continued)(Continued)

 Estimated Average
Useful Life (in years)
 Purchase Price
Allocation
   (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,584
Current assets  3,676
Property and equipment, net  479
Amortizable intangible assets:   
Capitalized technology3 2,800
Capitalized content development4 5,000
University client relationships9 28,000
Trade names and domain names10 8,900
Goodwill  68,172
Current liabilities  (9,031)
Non-current liabilities  (10,894)
   $98,686
The Company’s unaudited pro forma combined financial information below is presented for illustrative purposes and does not purport to represent what the results of operations would actually have been if the business combination occurred as of the date indicated or what the results would be for any future periods. The following table presents the Company’s unaudited pro forma combined revenue, pro forma combined net loss and pro forma combined net loss per share for the yearyears ended December 31, 20172021 and and 2020, as if the acquisition of GetSmarteredX had occurred on January 1, 2017:2020.
Year Ended
December 31,
20212020
(in thousands)
Pro forma revenue$985,016 $818,700 
Pro forma net loss$(273,889)$(323,277)
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted$(3.67)$(4.81)
  Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, 2017
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Pro forma revenue $294,446
Pro forma net loss (37,267)
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted $(0.76)
4.    Property and Equipment, Net
PropertyThe following table presents the components of property and equipment, net consistedon the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of each of the following as of:dates indicated.
December 31,
2018
 December 31,
2017
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
(in thousands) (in thousands)
Computer hardware$5,114
 $2,663
Computer hardware$9,454 $9,053 
Furniture and office equipment14,888
 11,210
Furniture and office equipment16,739 18,041 
Leasehold improvements45,158
 42,086
Leasehold improvements57,972 58,443 
Leasehold improvements in process1,940
 194
Leasehold improvements in process5,667 2,184 
Total67,100

56,153
Total89,832 87,721 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(14,801) (7,098)Accumulated depreciation and amortization(41,182)(34,987)
Property and equipment, net$52,299

$49,055
Property and equipment, net$48,650 $52,734 
Depreciation expense of property and equipment was $8.9$12.5 million, $5.5$13.4 million and $1.7$11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

5.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for the periods indicated.
Alternative Credential SegmentUnassigned GoodwillTotal
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2019$418,350 $— $418,350 
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other(2,520)— (2,520)
Balance as of December 31, 2020415,830 — 415,830 
Goodwill recognized in connection with business combination*— 423,552 423,552 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(4,843)— (4,843)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$410,987 $423,552 $834,539 
*See Note 3 for a discussion of the Acquisition.
The Acquisition was completed within close proximity of the Company’s year end and, as a result, the assignment of the preliminary goodwill balance of $423.6 million to the Company’s reporting units has not been completed as of
80

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


5.    Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets (continued)

(Continued)

5. Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible AssetsDecember 31, 2021. This preliminary goodwill balance will be assigned to the relevant reporting units in advance of the Company’s next annual goodwill impairment test that will be performed as of October 1, 2022, or earlier, in the event of a triggering event for assessing the goodwill balance for impairment.
The table below summarizesCompany experienced a sustained decline in its stock price during the third quarter of 2019, which management deemed a triggering event that required the Company to perform an interim goodwill impairment test as of September 1, 2019. The Company’s test relied in part on the work of an independent valuation firm engaged to provide inputs as to the fair value of the reporting units and to assist in the related calculations and analysis. The results of the interim impairment test indicated that the carrying value of the boot camp business acquired in 2019 within the Company’s Alternative Credential Segment exceeded the fair value by $70.4 million. The decrease in this reporting unit’s fair value was primarily due to lower expectations of future performance due to the impact of changes in key management as well as an increased focus in integrating the operations of the newly acquired reporting unit, which impacted the estimated operating cash flows. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $70.4 million on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the third quarter of 2019. For purposes of testing the Company’s goodwill for impairment, fair value measurements were determined primarily using a weighted combination of the income-based and market-based approaches. The income-based approach largely relied on inputs that were not observable to active markets, which would be deemed “Level 3” fair value measurements, as defined in the Fair Value Measurements section of Note 2. These inputs included the Company’s expectations about future revenue growth, profitability, income tax rates, cash flows and the rate at which cash flows should be discounted, in order to determine this fair value estimate. The primary input used in the market-based approach was publicly-available data on the financial ratios of the Company’s competitors. The carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment:in the Alternative Credential Segment included accumulated impairment charges of $70.4 million as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020.
 Graduate Program Segment Short Course Segment Total
 (in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016$
 $
 $
Acquisition of GetSmarter
 68,172
 68,172
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 3,816
 3,816
Balance as of December 31, 2017
 71,988
 71,988
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 (10,136) (10,136)
Balance as of December 31, 2018$
 $61,852
 $61,852
AmortizableThe following table presents the components of intangible assets, consistednet on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of each of the following as of:dates indicated.
 December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
  December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 Estimated
Average Useful
Life (in years)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Average Useful
Life (in years)
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
Definite-lived intangible assetsDefinite-lived intangible assets
Capitalized technology3-5 $68,291
 $(16,945) $51,346
 $27,108
 $(9,486) $17,622
Capitalized technology3-5$199,766 $(112,357)$87,409 $165,254 $(75,822)$89,432 
Capitalized content development4-5 79,725
 (31,662) 48,063
 55,872
 (21,417) 34,455
Capitalized content development4-5243,687 (125,599)118,088 208,170 (88,168)120,002 
University client relationships9 25,616
 (4,269) 21,347
 29,443
 (1,636) 27,807
University client relationships9-10211,680 (34,995)176,685 109,498 (23,376)86,122 
Enterprise client relationshipsEnterprise client relationships1014,300 (179)14,121 — — — 
Trade names and domain names8-10 18,793
 (2,944) 15,849
 12,119
 (1,242) 10,877
Trade names and domain names5-1027,161 (12,941)14,220 26,697 (9,483)17,214 
Total amortizable intangible assets, net  $192,425

$(55,820)
$136,605

$124,542

$(33,781)
$90,761
Total definite-lived intangible assetsTotal definite-lived intangible assets696,594 (286,071)410,523 509,619 (196,849)312,770 
Indefinite-lived intangible assetsIndefinite-lived intangible assets
Trade namesTrade namesindefinite255,000 — 255,000 — — — 
Total indefinite-lived intangible assetsTotal indefinite-lived intangible assets255,000 — 255,000 — — — 
Total intangible assets, netTotal intangible assets, net $951,594 $(286,071)$665,523 $509,619 $(196,849)$312,770 
The amounts presented in the table above include $40.3$46.3 million and $15.6$38.6 million of in process capitalized technology and content development as of December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 2017,2020, respectively.
During 2018, the Company acquired certain third-party technologies to enhance the Company’s platform, which is referred to as the 2U Operating System, or 2UOS, for aggregate consideration
81

Table of $9.5 million. These amounts are classified as capitalized technology within amortizable intangible assets, net, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, during the same period the Company purchased several active websites and additional domains for consideration of $7.6 million to support the marketing efforts of certain graduate programs. As of December 31, 2018, these acquired assets are classified in trade names and domain names within amortizable intangible assets, net, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In the first quarter of 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with WeWork Companies, Inc. (“WeWork”) and Flatiron School, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of WeWork, to purchase a perpetual source code license for the Learn.co platform and certain integration software development services for $14.5 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has recorded capitalized technology of $13.2 million related to this agreement in amortizable intangible assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The remaining $1.3 million is payable under the agreement in connection with the performance of certain software development services. In addition, the Company entered into a multi-year agreement to purchase Global Access Memberships to WeWork spaces around the world that will be provided to students in 2U-powered online graduate programs as well as to faculty and lead convenors of its offerings, an agreement to offer $5 million in scholarships to certain WeWork community members and employees, and collaborate on additional mutually agreed upon projects.Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


5.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)
The Company recorded amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets of $23.9$95.9 million, $14.0$83.1 million and $8.0$58.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2018,
The following table presents the estimated future amortization expense forof the Company’s amortizable intangible assets placed in service is as follows (in thousands):of December 31, 2021.
Future Amortization Expense
(in thousands)
2022$90,116 
202375,153 
202459,615 
202535,305 
202624,291 
Thereafter79,734 
Total$364,214 
82
2019$25,244
202021,814
202116,420
202212,405
20237,690
Thereafter12,730
Total$96,303

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
6.    Other Balance Sheet Details
Prepaid expenses and other assets
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had balances of $23.0 million and $14.0 million, respectively, of prepaid assets within prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
Other Assets, Non-current
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had balances of $7.0 million and $6.3 million, respectively, of deferred expenses incurred to integrate the software associated with its cloud computing arrangements, within other assets, non-current on the consolidated balance sheets. Such expenses are subject to amortization over the remaining contractual term of the associated cloud computing arrangement, with a useful life of between three to five years. The Company incurred $2.4 million, $1.3 million, and $0.3 million of such amortization for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
The following table presents the components of accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of each of the dates indicated.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(in thousands)
Accrued university and instructional staff compensation$36,806 $27,371 
Accrued marketing expenses26,469 24,682 
Accrued transaction, integration and restructuring-related expenses4,072 3,492 
Accrued compensation and related benefits49,143 52,820 
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses49,968 22,309 
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses$166,458 $130,674 
Other Current Liabilities
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had a balance of $21.9 million within other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, which represents proceeds received from students enrolled in certain of the Company’s alternative credential offerings that are payable to associated university client.
In response to COVID-19, various government programs have been announced to provide financial relief for affected businesses. Under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), which was enacted in the United States on March 27, 2020, the Company is allowed to defer payment of the employer’s share of Social Security taxes incurred from March 27, 2020 through December 31, 2020. In addition, the CARES Act provides eligible employers with an employee retention tax credit for employees whose services were impacted by COVID-19. As of December 31, 2021, the amount of payroll taxes subject to deferred payment, net of employee retention tax credits of $0.5 million, was approximately $5.0 million. The balance is recorded within other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
83

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
7.    Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Contingencies
From time to time, theThe Company may becomeis involved in various claims and legal proceedings or be subject to claims (e.g., related to regulatory, employment or indirect tax matters)arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company accrues a liability when a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. While the Company does not presently involved inexpect that the ultimate resolution of any legal proceeding or other contingency that,existing claims and proceedings (other than the specific matters described below, if determined adversely to it, woulddecided adversely), individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on its business, operatingfinancial position, an unfavorable outcome in some or all of these proceedings could have a material adverse impact on the results financial conditionof operations or cash flows. Accordingly,flows for a particular period. This assessment is based on the Company’s current understanding of relevant facts and circumstances. With respect to current legal proceedings, the Company does not believe that thereit is a reasonable possibility thatprobable a material loss exceeding amounts already recognized may havehas been incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented herein. As such, the Company’s view of these matters is subject to inherent uncertainties and may change in the future.
In re 2U, Inc., Securities Class Action
On August 7 and 9, 2019, Aaron Harper and Anne M. Chinn filed putative class action complaints against the Company, Christopher J. Paucek, the Company’s CEO, and Catherine A. Graham, the Company’s former CFO, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, based upon allegedly false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business prospects and financial projections. The district court transferred the cases to the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, consolidated them under docket number 8:19-cv-3455 (D. Md.), and appointed Fiyyaz Pirani as the lead plaintiff in the consolidated action. On July 30, 2020, Mr. Pirani filed a consolidated class action complaint (“CAC”), adding Harsha Mokkarala, the Company’s former Chief Marketing Officer, as a defendant. The CAC also asserts claims under Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against Mr. Paucek, Ms. Graham, members of the Company’s board of directors, and the Company’s underwriters, based on allegations related to the Company’s secondary stock offering on May 23, 2018. The proposed class consists of all persons who acquired the Company’s securities between February 26, 2018 and July 30, 2019. On October 27, 2020, defendants filed a motion to dismiss. On August 5, 2021, the court largely denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss. On February 18, 2022, the court stayed discovery until April 19, 2022, pending mediation. The Company believes that the claims are without merit, and it intends to vigorously defend against these claims. However, due to the complex nature of the legal and factual issues involved, the outcome of this matter is not presently determinable.
Stockholder Derivative Suits
On April 30, 2020, Richard Theis filed a stockholder derivative complaint purportedly on behalf of the Company and against Christopher J. Paucek, the Company’s CEO, Catherine A. Graham, the Company’s former CFO, and the Company’s board of directors in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, with docket number 20-cv-3360. The complaint alleges claims for breaches of fiduciary duty, insider sales and misappropriation of information, unjust enrichment, and violations of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, based upon allegedly false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business prospects and financial projections. On July 22, 2020, the court entered a joint stipulation staying the case pending resolution of the securities class action. On January 5, 2022, the court entered a joint stipulation staying the case for sixty days. Due to the complex nature of the legal and factual issues involved, the outcome of this matter is not presently determinable.
On August 21, 2020, Thomas Lucey filed a stockholder derivative complaint purportedly on behalf of the Company and against Christopher J. Paucek, the Company’s CEO, Catherine A. Graham, the Company’s former CFO, Harsha Mokkarala, the Company’s former Chief Marketing Officer and the Company’s board of directors in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, with docket number 1:20-cv-02424-GLR. The complaint alleges claims for breaches of fiduciary duty, insider trading, and contribution for alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act, based upon allegedly false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business prospects and financial projections. On September 3, 2020, the court entered a joint stipulation staying the case pending resolution of the securities class action. On January 5, 2022, the court entered a joint stipulation staying the case for sixty days. Due to the complex nature of the legal and factual issues involved, the outcome of this matter is not presently determinable.
On November 30, 2020, Leo Shumacher filed a stockholder derivative complaint purportedly on behalf of the Company and against Christopher J. Paucek, the Company’s CEO, Catherine A. Graham, the Company’s former CFO, Harsha Mokkarala, the Company’s former Chief Marketing Officer, and the Company’s board of directors in the Court of Chancery of
84

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7.    Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
the State of Delaware, with docket number 2020-1019-AGB. The complaint alleges claims for breaches of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment, based upon allegedly false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business prospects and financial projections. On January 6, 2021, the court entered a joint stipulation staying the case pending resolution of the securities class action. On January 10, 2022, the court entered a joint stipulation staying the case for sixty days. Due to the complex nature of the legal and factual issues involved, the outcome of this matter is not presently determinable.
Marketing and Sales Commitments
Certain of the agreements entered into between the Company and its university clients in the GraduateDegree Program Segment require the Company to commit to meet certain staffing and spending investment thresholds related to marketing and sales activities. In addition, certain of the agreements in the GraduateDegree Program Segment require the Company to invest up to agreed uponagreed-upon levels in marketing the programs to achieve specified program performance. The Company believes it is currently in compliance with all such commitments.
Future Minimum Payments to University Clients
Pursuant to certain of the Company’s contracts in the GraduateDegree Program Segment, the Company has made, or is obligated to make, payments to university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights. AsGenerally, these amounts are capitalized as other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and amortized as contra revenue over the life of December 31, 2018, the contract, commencing on the later of when payment is due or when contract revenue recognition begins.
The following table presents the estimated future minimum payments due to university clients were as follows (in thousands):of December 31, 2021.
Future Minimum Payments
2019$10,125
2020625
2021625
(in thousands)
2022625
2022$1,725 
2023625
2023625 
20242024625 
20252025625 
20262026625 
Thereafter3,775
Thereafter1,900 
Total future minimum payments to university clients$16,400
Total future minimum payments to university clients$6,125 
Contingent Payments
The Company has entered into an agreementagreements with onecertain of its university clientclients in the GraduateDegree Program Segment under whichthat require the Company would be obligated to make future minimum payments in the event that certain program metrics are not achieved. Due to the dependency of these calculationsachieved on future program performance, the timing and amounts ofan annual basis. The Company recognizes any associatedestimated contingent payments cannot be reasonably estimated atunder these agreements as contra revenue over the period to which they relate, and records a liability in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
In the first quarter of 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to make investments in an education technology company of up to $15.0 million, upon demand by the investee. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company sold its investment in this time,education technology company and have therefore been excludedwas released from the table above.any further obligation to make additional investments.

2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7.8.    Leases
The Company leases office facilities under non-cancelablenon-cancellable operating leases primarily in Maryland, New York, California, Colorado, North Carolina, Virginia, Hong Kong,the United States, South Africa, and the United Kingdom.Kingdom and Canada. The Company alsoCompany’s operating leases office equipment under non-cancelable leases. Ashave remaining lease terms of December 31, 2018,between less than one to 12 years, some of which include options to extend the future minimumleases for up to five years, and some of which include options to terminate the leases within one year. These options to extend the terms of the Company’s operating leases were not deemed to be reasonably certain of exercise as of lease payments were as follows (in thousands):
2019$12,941
202014,020
202113,900
202213,633
202313,959
Thereafter68,347
Total future minimum lease payments$136,800
commencement and are therefore not included in the determination of their respective non-cancellable lease terms. The future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelablenon-cancellable operating lease arrangements contain fixed rent increases over the term of the lease. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over actual lease payments is reported in non-current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The deferred rent liability related to these leases totaled $8.9 million and $6.5 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company does not have any subleases asalso leases office equipment under non-cancellable leases.
85

Table of December 31, 2018.
Total rent expense from non-cancelable operating lease agreements (net of sublease income of zero, zero and $0.3 million) was $9.3 million, $8.5 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Contents
8. Debt
Lines of Credit
On December 31, 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Comerica Bank (“Comerica”) for a revolving line of credit with an aggregate commitment not to exceed $37.0 million. On December 31, 2015, the Company amended this credit agreement to reduce the aggregate amount it may borrow to $25.0 million. In June 2017, the Company and Comerica amended this credit agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Comerica consented to the Company’s acquisition of GetSmarter and the Company’s formation of certain subsidiaries in connection therewith. On December 31, 2018, the Company amended this credit agreement to extend the maturity date through March 31, 2019. No amounts were outstanding under this credit agreement as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. The Company intends to extend this agreement under comparable terms, prior to expiration.
Under this revolving line of credit, the Company has the option of borrowing funds subject to (i) a base rate, which is equal to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica’s prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 1% or the 30-day LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%. For amounts borrowed under the base rate, the Company may make interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with no penalty. For amounts borrowed under LIBOR, the Company makes interest-only payments in periods of one, two and three months and will be subject to a prepayment penalty if such borrowed amounts are repaid before the end of the interest period.
Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The availability of borrowings under this credit line is subject to compliance with reporting and financial covenants, including, among other things, that the Company achieves specified minimum three-month trailing revenue levels during the term of the agreement and specified minimum six-month trailing profitability levels for some university client programs, measured quarterly. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures short-term liquidity, of at least 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s adjusted quick ratio was 12.38 and 5.44, respectively.
The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or security interests in its assets, carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets, declare, make or pay dividends, make capital expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances, enter into transactions with affiliates, amend or modify the terms of material contracts, or change its fiscal year. If the Company is not in compliance with the covenants under the line of credit, after any opportunity to cure such non-compliance, or it otherwise experiences an event of default under the line of credit, the lenders may require repayment in full of all principal
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8.    Leases (Continued)
In October 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated party to sublease a portion of the Company’s office space in the United States. As of December 31, 2021, this sublease was classified as an operating lease and had a remaining term of 1.8 years, with scheduled annual rent increases and no option to extend or renew the sublease term. Sublease income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the sublease term as a reduction to expense incurred by the Company under the associated head lease.
In August 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated party to sublease a portion of the Company’s office space in Denver, Colorado, as part of its overall real estate management strategy. As of December 31, 2021, this sublease was classified as an operating lease and had a remaining term of 2.9 years with scheduled annual rent increases and no option to extend or renew the sublease term. Sublease income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the sublease term as a reduction to expense incurred by the Company under the associated master lease. In connection with the execution of this agreement, the Company recognized a loss on sublease of $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2021.
The following table presents the components of lease expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each of the periods indicated.
Year Ended
December 31,
20212020
(in thousands)
Operating lease expense$18,933 $15,153 
Short-term lease expense185 362 
Variable lease expense6,279 5,837 
Sublease income(489)(36)
Total lease expense$24,908 $21,316 
As of December 31, 2021, for the Company’s operating leases, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 7.7 years and the weighted-average discount rate was 11.2%. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was $21.7 million and $17.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets were $28.0 million and $26.7 million, respectively.
The following table presents the maturities of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of the date indicated, and excludes the impact of future sublease income totaling $4.4 million in aggregate.
December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
2022$24,200 
202321,789 
202421,535 
202517,716 
202618,229 
Thereafter69,674 
Total lease payments173,143 
Less: imputed interest(60,492)
Total lease liability$112,651 
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had additional operating leases for facilities that have not yet commenced with future minimum lease payments of approximately $5.8 million. Each of these operating leases will commence during the fiscal year ending 2022 and have lease terms of approximately 8 years.
86

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.    Debt
The following table presents the components of outstanding long-term debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of each of the dates indicated.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(in thousands)
Term loan facilities$572,374 $— 
Convertible senior notes380,000 380,000 
Deferred government grant obligations3,500 3,500 
Other borrowings4,423 1,343 
Less: unamortized debt discount and issuance costs(107,777)(111,043)
Total debt852,520 273,800 
Less: current portion of long-term debt(7,204)(627)
Total long-term debt$845,316 $273,173 
The Company believes the carrying value of its long-term debt approximates the fair value of the debt as the terms and interest rates approximate the market rates, other than the 2.25% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “Notes”), which had an estimated fair value of $403.3 million and $616.6 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Each of the Company’s long-term debt instruments were classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
The Company’s cash interest payments, net of amounts capitalized, were $25.5 million, $10.8 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement
The Company entered into a Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated June 28, 2021 (the “Term Loan Agreement”), among the Company, as borrower, the subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and Alter Domus (US) LLC as administrative agent and collateral agent. Pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the lenders thereunder made term loans to the Company on June 29, 2021 (the “Funding Date”) in the aggregate principal amount of $475 million (the “Term Loan Facilities”). The Term Loan Facilities have an initial maturity date of December 28, 2024 (the “Maturity Date”). Commencing on the Funding Date, loans under the Term Loan Facilities will bear interest at a per annum rate equal to a base rate or adjusted Eurodollar rate, as applicable, plus the applicable margin of 4.75% in the case of the base rate loans and 5.75% in the case of the Eurodollar loans. The Term Loan Agreement requires the Company to make quarterly principal repayments equal to 0.25% of the $475 million aggregate principal amount, beginning September 2021. If the loans under the Term Loan Facilities are prepaid prior to the second anniversary, subject to certain customary exceptions, the Company shall pay the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) on the amount of the loans so prepaid.
On November 4, 2021, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement and a Joinder Agreement, which amended the Term Loan Agreement (collectively, the “Amended Term Loan Facility”) primarily to provide for an incremental facility to the Company in an original principal amount of $100 million. The Company is required to make quarterly principal repayments equal to 0.25% of this original principal amount beginning in December 2021. The proceeds of the Amended Term Loan Facility may be used for general corporate purposes.
The associated effective interest rate of the Amended Term Loan Facility for the year ended December 31, 2021 was approximately 7.56% and the associated interest expense was approximately $19.5 million.
The obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (the Company and the guarantors, collectively, the “Credit Parties”). The obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured, subject to customary permitted liens and other agreed-upon exceptions, by a perfected security interest in all tangible and intangible assets of the Credit Parties, except for certain customary excluded assets.

87

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.    Debt (Continued)

The Term Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, including, among others, the provision of annual and quarterly financial statements and compliance certificates, maintenance of property, insurance, compliance with laws and environmental matters. The Term Loan Agreement contains customary negative covenants, including, among others, restrictions on the incurrence of indebtedness, granting of liens, making investments and acquisitions, paying dividends, repurchases of equity interests in the Company and entering into affiliate transactions and asset sales. The Term Loan Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain minimum Recurring Revenues (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company commencing with fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2021 through the Maturity Date. The Term Loan Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including, among others: non-payment of obligations; bankruptcy or insolvency event; failure to comply with covenants; breach of representations or warranties; defaults on other material indebtedness; impairment of any lien on any material portion of the Collateral (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement); failure of any material provision of the Term Loan Agreement or any guaranty to remain in full force and effect; a change of control of the Company; and material judgment defaults. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of obligations under the Term Loan Agreement.
If an event of default under the Term Loan Agreement occurs and is continuing, then, at the request (or with the consent) of the lenders holding a majority of the commitments and loans under the Term Loan Agreement, upon notice by the administrative agent to the borrowers, the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement shall become immediately due and payable. In addition, if the Credit Parties become the subject of voluntary or involuntary proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, then any outstanding obligations under the Term Loan Agreement will automatically become immediately due and payable.
Credit Agreement
On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other lenders party thereto that provided for $50 million in revolving loans (the “Loans”). The Credit Agreement allowed for incremental borrowings from time to time in an aggregate amount for all such incremental amounts not to exceed (i) the lesser of (x) $50 million and (y) an amount such that the aggregate principal amount of the lenders’ commitments under the revolving credit facility does not exceed $100 million, plus (ii) certain specified prepayments of indebtedness, plus (iii) an unlimited amount subject to satisfaction of a leverage ratio based compliance test.
The Loans bore interest, outstanding.at the Company’s option, at variable rates based on (i) a customary base rate plus an applicable margin of 2.75% or (ii) an adjusted LIBOR rate (with a floor of 0.00%) for the interest period relevant to such borrowing plus an applicable margin of 3.75%. In connection with entering into the Term Loan Agreement in June 2021, the Company terminated the Credit Agreement and recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.1 million in connection with the write-off of previously capitalized deferred financing costs and associated fees.
Convertible Senior Notes
In April 2020, the Company issued the Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $380 million, including the exercise by the initial purchasers of an option to purchase additional Notes, in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The net proceeds from the offering of the Notes were approximately $369.6 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company.
The Notes are governed by an indenture (the “Indenture”) between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2020. The Notes will mature on May 1, 2025, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The interest expense related to the Notes, including amortization of the debt discount and debt issuance costs, was $30.9 million and $19.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The associated effective interest rate of the Notes was approximately 11.0% for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The Notes are the senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and are equal in right of payment with the Company’s senior unsecured indebtedness, senior in right of payment to the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Notes, effectively subordinated to the Company’s senior secured indebtedness (including indebtedness under the Term Loan Facilities), to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness, and structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s subsidiaries.
88

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.    Debt (Continued)
In accounting for the issuance of the Notes, the Company separated the Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated using a discount rate of 10.3%, which was determined by measuring the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option, excluding debt issuance costs, was $117.8 million and was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the Notes. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The Company allocated debt issuance costs of $7.2 million and $3.2 million to the debt and equity components, respectively. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount, inclusive of debt issuance costs, represents the debt discount, which is currentlyamortized to interest expense at an annual effective interest rate over the contractual term of the Notes. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the unamortized debt discount was $88.7 million and $111.0 million, respectively, and the net carrying amount of the liability component of the Notes was $291.3 million and $269.0 million.
Holders may convert their Notes at their option in compliancethe following circumstances:
during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2020 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock, exceeds 130% of the conversion price for each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter;
during the 5 consecutive business days immediately after any 10 consecutive trading day period (such 10 consecutive trading day period, the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock on such trading day and the conversion rate on such trading day;
upon the occurrence of certain corporate events or distributions on the Company’s common stock, as provided in the Indenture;
if the Company calls such Notes for redemption; and
at any time from, and including, November 1, 2024 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date.
The initial conversion rate for the Notes is 35.3773 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $28.27 per share of the Company’s common stock, and is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events as set forth in the Indenture. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as applicable, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. In the event of the Company calling the Notes for redemption or the holders of the Notes electing to convert their Notes, the Company will determine whether to settle in cash, common stock or a combination thereof. Upon the occurrence of a “make-whole fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture), the Company will in certain circumstances increase the conversion rate for a specified period of time. As of December 31, 2021, the if-converted value of the Notes did not exceed the principal amount.
In addition, upon the occurrence of a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture), holders of the Notes may require the Company to repurchase their Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after May 5, 2023 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, at a cash redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, but only if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice, and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. In addition, calling any Note for redemption will constitute a “make-whole fundamental change” with respect to that Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note will be increased in certain circumstances if such Note is converted after it is called for redemption. No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
89

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.    Debt (Continued)
As of December 31, 2021, the conditions allowing holders of the Notes to convert had not been met and the Company has the right under the Indenture to determine the method of settlement at the time of conversion, and the Notes, therefore, are classified as a non-current on the consolidated balance sheets.
In connection with the Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions (the “Capped Call Transactions”) with certain counterparties. The Capped Call Transactions are generally expected to reduce potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions is initially $44.34 per share. The cost of the Capped Call Transactions was approximately $50.5 million.
In April 2020, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay in full all such covenants.amounts outstanding, and discharge all obligations in respect of, the $250 million senior secured term loan facility. The Company intends to use the remaining net proceeds from the sale of the Notes for working capital or other general corporate purposes, which may include capital expenditures, potential acquisitions and strategic transactions.
Deferred Government Grant Obligations
Government grants awarded to the Company in the form of forgivable loans are recorded within long-term debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets until all contingencies are resolved and the grants are determined to be realized. The Company has a total of 2 outstanding conditional loan agreements with Prince George’s County, Maryland and the State of Maryland for an aggregate amount of $3.5 million, each bearing an interest rate of 3% per annum. These agreements are conditional loan obligations that may be forgiven, provided that the Company attains certain conditions related to employment levels at 2U’s Lanham, Maryland headquarters.
In July 2020, the Company amended its conditional loan agreement with Prince George’s County to modify the terms of the employment level thresholds. The conditional loan with Prince George’s County has a maturity date of June 22, 2027.
In January 2021, the Company amended its conditional loan agreement with the State of Maryland to modify the terms of the employment level thresholds and extend the maturity date to June 30, 2028.
The interest expense related to these loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was immaterial. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s combined accrued interest balance associated with the deferred government grant obligations was $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
Letters of Credit
Certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements entered into require security deposits in the form of cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company has entered into standby letters of credit totaling $11.5$16.2 million as security deposits for the applicable leased facilities. Additionally,facilities and in June 2017,connection with the deferred government grant obligations.
The Company entered intomaintains restricted cash as collateral for standby letters of credit totaling $3.5 million in connection with two government grants, as described later in this Note. These letters of credit reduced the aggregate amount the Company may borrow under its revolving line of credit to $10.0 million.
The Company’s Short Course Segment had $1.9 million of revolving debt facilities bearing interest at a rate of 10.25%, with an original maturity date of December 31, 2017. These facilities were extended with a borrowing base of $1.3 million and matured on March 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding under these facilities.
Government Grants
On June 22, 2017, the Company executed a conditional loan agreement and received financing from Prince George’s County, Maryland that provides for a grant in the form of a forgivable loan of $1.5 million. The financing was secured by a letter of credit pursuant to the Company’s line of credit with Comerica. The conditional loan obligation is recorded as “deferred government grant obligations” on the consolidated balance sheets. The proceeds from this loan are to be usedleased facilities and in connection with the relocationdeferred government grant obligations.
90

Table of 2U’s headquarters, leasehold improvements theretoContents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.    Debt (Continued)
Future Principal Payments
Future principal payments under the Amended Term Loan Facility, the Notes, and other purposes. The loan has a maturity date of June 22, 2027, and bears interest at a rate of 3% per annum. If 2U does not employ at least 650 employees at its Lanham headquarters at any time during the termgovernment grants, as of the loan period or otherwise defaultsdate indicated are as follows:
December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
2022$5,753 
20235,753 
2024560,869 
2025380,000 
2026— 
Thereafter*3,500 
Total future principal payments$955,875 
*Amounts represent conditional loan obligations that may be forgiven, provided that the Company attains certain conditions related to employment levels at 2U’s Lanham, Maryland headquarters.
10.    Other Income (Expense)
The following table presents the components of other income (expense) on the loan, the entire principal balance, plus accrued interest, will become dueCompany’s consolidated statements of operations and payable. If 2U does not employ at least 1,300 employees at its Lanham headquarters by January 1, 2020, the Company will be required to repay a prorated portioncomprehensive loss for each of the loan ($2,252 per employee, for every employee below 1,300), plus interest. periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands)
Other income (expense):   
Gain on sale of investment$27,762 $— $— 
Foreign currency loss(2,491)(1,429)(707)
Other(2,947)— — 
Total$22,324 $(1,429)$(707)
During the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, the Company did not incurrecorded a material amountgain of interest expense on this forgivable loan.
On June 27, 2017, 2U Harkins Road LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) executed a loan agreement and received financing from the Department of Commerce (a principal department of the State of Maryland) that provides for a grant in the form of a forgivable loan of $2.0 million. The financing was secured by a letter of credit pursuant to the Company’s line of credit with Comerica. The conditional loan obligation is recorded as “deferred government grant obligations”$27.8 million on the consolidated balance sheets. The proceeds from this loan aresale of its interest in an education technology company. Refer to be used in connection with the relocation of 2U’s headquarters, leasehold improvements thereto and other purposes. The loan has a maturity date of December 31, 2026, and bears interest at a rate of 3% per annum. If 2U does not employ at least 650 employees at its Lanham headquarters at any time during the term of the loan period or otherwise defaults on the loan, the entire principal balance, plus accrued interest, will become due and payable. If 2U does not employ at least 1,600 employees at its Lanham headquarters by December 31, 2020, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2026, the Company will be required to repay a prorated portion of the loan ($2,105 per employee,Note 7 for every employee below 1,600), plus interest. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not incur a material amount of interest expense on this forgivable loan.further information.

9.11.    Income Taxes
The following table presents the components of loss before income taxes:taxes on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each of the periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands)
Loss before income taxes:   
United States$(172,856)$(204,522)$(239,629)
Foreign(23,106)(13,476)(15,453)
Total$(195,962)$(217,998)$(255,082)
91

 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Loss before income taxes: 
  
  
United States$(33,339) $(25,002) $(20,684)
Foreign(9,858) (5,718) 
Total$(43,197)
$(30,720)
$(20,684)
For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had a tax benefitTable of $4.9 million, which was solely related to a deferred tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had a tax benefit of $1.3 million, which was solely related to a deferred tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not have a current or deferred tax provision or benefit.Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.11.    Income Taxes (Continued)

The following table presents the components of the income tax benefit (provision) on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each of the periods indicated.
A
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands)
Current income tax (provision) benefit:
United States federal and state$(240)$(347)$(97)
Foreign(636)(249)
Total current income tax provision$(876)$(596)$(94)
Deferred income tax (provision) benefit:   
United States federal and state$(389)$— $17,459 
Foreign2,461 2,110 2,495 
Total deferred income tax benefit$2,072 $2,110 $19,954 
Total income tax benefit$1,196 $1,514 $19,860 
The following table presents a reconciliation between the Company’s statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate is presented below:for each of the periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
U.S. statutory federal income tax rate21.0  %21.0  %21.0 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits4.4 5.0 4.2 
Foreign tax rate differential0.1 0.3 0.2 
Non-deductible expenses(0.4)(0.4)(0.7)
Non-deductible compensation(6.7)(2.0)(0.4)
Stock-based compensation6.7 0.7 0.5 
Change in valuation allowance(26.5)(23.9)(10.9)
Change in tax rate1.0 0.1 — 
Non-deductible impairment— — (5.8)
Other1.0 (0.1)(0.3)
Effective tax rate0.6  %0.7  %7.8 %
92

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
11.    Income Taxes (Continued)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
U.S. statutory federal income tax rate21.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:     
U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits0.9
 9.9
 5.5
Foreign tax rate differential1.1
 (1.4) 
Non-deductible expenses(2.6) (1.8) (1.5)
Stock-based compensation30.0
 40.9
 (2.9)
Change in valuation allowance(39.3) 29.8
 (36.6)
Change in tax rate(0.1) (108.0) 
Other0.3
 (0.2) 0.5
Effective tax rate11.3 % 4.2 % 0.0 %
The following table presents the significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities areon the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as follows:of each of the dates indicated.
As of December 31, As of December 31,
2018 2017 20212020
(in thousands) (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets: 
  
Deferred tax assets:  
Accrued expenses and other$2,580
 $2,395
Accrued expenses and other$12,095 $8,772 
Accrued compensation and related benefits3,395
 3,524
Accrued compensation and related benefits10,285 12,552 
Rebate reserve5
 20
Deferred rent6,388
 6,924
Property and equipmentProperty and equipment100 — 
Stock-based compensation8,279
 6,874
Stock-based compensation21,729 18,811 
Deferred income257
 191
Deferred income2,096 1,113 
Lease liabilityLease liability24,463 24,775 
Interest expense carryforwardsInterest expense carryforwards12,868 5,393 
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards1,543
 1,704
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards6,981 3,499 
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards96,809
 69,425
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards208,585 186,089 
Valuation allowance(88,061) (71,101)Valuation allowance(190,779)(137,767)
Total deferred tax assets$31,195

$19,956
Total deferred tax assets$108,423 $123,237 
Deferred tax liabilities: 
  
Deferred tax liabilities:  
Prepaid expenses and other$(95) $(355)Prepaid expenses and other$(322)$(197)
Capitalized content development costs(11,866) (8,600)
Capitalized software development costs(13,388) (4,356)
Property and equipment(4,038) (4,720)Property and equipment— (1,684)
Right-of-use assetsRight-of-use assets(15,310)(16,116)
Intangibles(8,757) (12,012)Intangibles(70,865)(79,164)
Deferred rentDeferred rent(414)(912)
Nondeductible interest on debt discountNondeductible interest on debt discount(22,083)(27,974)
Total deferred tax liabilities$(38,144)
$(30,043)Total deferred tax liabilities(108,994)(126,047)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(6,949)
$(10,087)Net deferred tax liabilities$(571)$(2,810)
As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company had a U.S. net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward of approximately $373.5$793.9 million, of which $254.5$265.0 million expires between 2029 and 2037. The Company generated $119.0 million of U.S. NOLs for the year ended December 31, 2018. In accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), U.S. NOLs arising in a tax year ending after 2017 will not expire. The Company has generated $528.9 million of U.S. NOLs in tax years ending after 2017. The gross amount of the state NOL carryforwards is equal to or less than the federal NOL carryforwards and expires over various periods based on individual state tax laws. The Company also hadhas an NOL carryforward of $5.8$27.3 million in its foreign jurisdictions, of which does$1.2 million begins to expire in 2038 and the remainder will not expire. A full valuation allowance has been established to offset its net deferred tax assets in the U.S., and certain foreign jurisdictions as the Company has not generated taxable income since inception and does not have sufficient deferred tax liabilities to recover the deferred tax assets in these jurisdictions. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the beginning valuation allowance in Australia of $0.8 million was released as management has concluded, based on the evaluation of the positive and negative evidence, that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realizable. The total increase in the valuation allowance was $17.0$53.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.2021. The utilization of the NOL carryforwards to reduce future income taxes will depend on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforwards. Under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a limitation on the amount of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and taxes payable. The Company does not expect such limitation, if any, to impact the use of the net operating losses prior to their expiration.

The Company recorded an income tax expense of approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 related to recording of a U.S. deferred tax liability. The deferred tax liability was recorded to account for the book vs. tax basis difference related to the acquired edX indefinite lived intangibles (including goodwill), also known as a “naked credit”. The deferred tax liability was excluded from sources of future taxable income available to realize definite lived deferred tax assets, as the timing of its reversal cannot be predicted due to the indefinite life of the intangibles. In accordance with the Tax Act,
93

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9.11.    Income Taxes (Continued)

losses generated beginning with the 2018 tax year may be carried forward indefinitely for U.S. federal tax purposes, however utilization is limited to offsetting 80% of taxable income in future years. Thus, 80% of the U.S. deferred tax liability related to the edX indefinite lived intangibles was able to be used as a source of income to realize the indefinite lived deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021.
A one-time tax benefit of approximately $17.5 million related to the acquisition of Trilogy was included in the Company’s income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019. This one-time benefit relates to the release of the Company’s tax valuation allowance that was no longer needed as a result of recognizing an additional net deferred tax liability, due to the acquisition of Trilogy.
As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the Company has not recognized any amounts for uncertain tax positions.
The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for the years prior to 2015,2018, though the NOL carryforwards can be adjusted upon audit and could impact taxes owed in open tax years. No income tax returns are currently under examination by the taxing authorities.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted into law and contains certain key tax provisions that affect the Company. The Tax Act affects the Company by (i) reducing the U.S. tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018, (ii) impacting the values of the Company’s deferred assets and liabilities, (iii) changing the Company’s ability to utilize future net operating losses and (iv) requiring a one-time tax on any of the Company’s unrepatriated foreign earnings and profits (“E&P”) in 2017.
Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, changes in tax rates and tax laws are accounted for in the period of enactment, and the resulting effects are included as components of the income tax provision related to continuing operations within the same period. Therefore, the following changes in the tax laws were accounted for in 2017. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and offsetting valuation allowance have been remeasured at the new enacted tax rate as of December 31, 2017. The amount of U.S. net operating losses that the Company has available as of December 31, 2017 and the Company’s ability to utilize them to reduce future taxable income is not impacted by the Tax Act. However, the Tax Act may impact the amount and ability to utilize net operating losses generated by the Company in the future. Additionally, the Company had negative cumulative foreign earnings and profits as of December 31, 2017, and therefore, did not incur any transition tax in 2017.
The Company was required to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, such as re-measuring its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as reassessing the net realizability of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed entities to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. The Company considered its E&P and other items to be provisional and has since completed its analysis within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118. The Company recorded no adjustment to the income tax benefit (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations during the re-measurement period and finalized its E&P position, which resulted in no transition tax due, as originally estimated.
The Tax Act includes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions that require a company to include in its U.S. income tax return foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. Due to foreign subsidiary losses, this provision doesdid not apply to the Company in 2018.2021. Another significant section of the Tax Act, the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax (“BEAT”), willdid not apply to the Company’s 20182021 tax year as the Company does not meetCompany’s base erosion payments are less than 3% of the minimum revenue requirements under the BEAT.Company’s total deductions. As these taxes may become applicable in the future, the Company will continue to monitor the potential impact.
10.12.    Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2021, the Company was authorized to issue 205,000,000 total shares of capital stock, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2021, there were 75,754,663 shares of common stock outstanding, and the Company had reserved a total of 24,352,021 of its authorized shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:
Shares Reserved for Future Issuance
Outstanding restricted stock units2,613,063 
Outstanding performance restricted stock units1,121,277 
Outstanding stock options3,477,439 
Reserved for convertible senior notes17,140,242 
Total shares of common stock reserved for future issuance24,352,021 
On August 6, 2020, the Company sold 6,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to the public. The Company received net proceeds of $299.8 million, which the Company uses for working capital and other general corporate purposes. On May 22, 2019, the Company issued 4,608,101 shares of common stock in connection with its acquisition of Trilogy. On May 22, 2018, the Company sold 3,833,334 shares of its common stock to the public, including 500,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and received net proceeds of $330.9 million. On September 11, 2017, the Company sold 4,047,500 shares of its common stock to the public, including 547,500 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and received net proceeds of $189.5 million. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from both of these public offerings of common stock for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including expenditures for graduate program and short course marketing, technology and content development, in connection with new graduate program and short course launches and growing existing graduate programs and short courses, as well as strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary products, technologies, solutions or businesses.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company was authorized to issue 205,000,000 total shares of capital stock, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had reserved a total of 12,352,406 of its authorized shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Outstanding stock options4,057,788
Outstanding restricted stock units1,139,045
Available for future issuance under Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan6,219,244
Available for future issuance under 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan936,329
Total shares of common stock reserved for future issuance12,352,406

11. Stock-Based Compensation
The Company provides equity-based compensation awards to employees, independent contractors and directors as an effective means for attracting, retaining and motivating such individuals. The Company maintains two share-based2 stock-based compensation plans: the Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan” and together with the 2014 Plan, the “Stock Plans”). Upon the effective date of the 2014 Plan in January 2014, the Company ceased using the 2008 Plan to grant new equity awards, and began using the 2014 Plan for grantsawards.
94

Table of new equity awards.Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12.    Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)
2014 Plan
In February 2014, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to the Company’s employees and its parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to the Company’s employees, consultantsdirectors and directors.consultants. The 2014 Plan also provides for the grant of performance-based cash awards to the Company’s employees, consultantsdirectors and directors.consultants.
A total of 2,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were initially reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under the 2008 Plan, and (b) shares returned to the 2008 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is 5,943,348 shares). The number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2015 continuing through January 1, 2024, by 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by the Company’s board of directors. The shares available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan increased by 2,896,3653,782,719 and 2,625,2923,619,344 on January 1, 20192022 and 2018,2021, respectively, pursuant to the automatic share reserve increase provision underin the 2014 Plan.
In addition, shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 2008 Plan and 2014 Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award, return to the 2014 Plan’s share reserve and become available for future grant under the 2014 Plan, up to the maximum number of shares of 5,943,348.
As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company had 6,219,2447,465,698 shares reservedavailable for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Further, as of December 31, 2018,2021, under the 2014 Plan, options to purchase 2,687,7262,593,719 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $38.58$46.38 per share, and 1,139,045 restricted stock units2,613,063 RSUs and 1,121,277 PRSUs were also outstanding.
2008 Plan
In October 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved the Company’s 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan was most recently amended on May 8, 2013. The 2008 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options to the Company’s employees and the employees of the Company’s subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and deferred stock awards to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants. The Company ceased granting equity awards under the 2008 Plan, and accordingly, as of January 30, 2014, no shares were available for future grant under the 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder.
As of December 31, 2018,2021, options to purchase 1,370,062883,720 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding under the 2008 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.95$6.04 per share.
Employee Stock OptionsPurchase Plan
The Company also has an ESPP.The Company’s ESPP provides (i) for 2 offering periods each year and (ii) that the purchase price for shares of the Company’s common stock purchased under the ESPP will be 90% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the purchase date or the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the first day of the offering period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors may exercise its discretion, subject to certain conditions, to make changes to certain aspects of the ESPP including, but not limited to, the length of the offering periods and that the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the purchase date or the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the first day of the offering period. Participating eligible employees select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their salary or wage compensation received from the Company as in effect at the start of the offering period, with the aggregate purchase limited to a maximum fair market value of $25,000 per employee per year. Participation in the ESPP began on January 1, 2018. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of 2U’s common stock may be issued under the ESPP, subject to adjustments for certain capital transactions.
95

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
11.
12.    Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, an aggregate of 150,685 and 146,570 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock were purchased in accordance with the ESPP. Net proceeds from the issuance of these shares were $3.6 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, 515,709 shares remained available for purchase under the ESPP.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
The following table presents stock-based compensation expense related to the Stock Plans and the ESPP, contained on the following line items on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each of the periods indicated. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands)
Curriculum and teaching$69 $230 $45 
Servicing and support15,352 14,033 8,915 
Technology and content development11,832 12,014 8,241 
Marketing and sales6,711 8,217 7,021 
General and administrative63,802 47,548 27,282 
Total stock-based compensation expense$97,766 $82,042 $51,504 
Restricted Stock Units
The 2014 Plan provides for the issuance of RSUs to employees and consultants. RSUs generally vest over a three- or four-year period. The terms of these grants under the 2014 Plan, including the vesting periods, are determined by the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee, or a subcommittee thereof.
Throughout 2021 and 2020, the Company granted RSUs under the 2014 Plan to the Company’s directors and certain of the Company’s employees and certain consultants. The terms of the restricted stock unit grants under the 2014 Plan, including the vesting periods, are determined by the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee thereof. Restricted stock units are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most restricted stock units vesting in equal annual tranches, generally over a period of three to four years.
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s RSU activity for the period indicated.
Number of
Units
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20203,010,019 $29.41 
Granted1,470,090 37.07
Vested(1,480,281)31.31
Forfeited(386,765)31.76
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20212,613,063 $32.29 
The total compensation cost related to the unvested RSUs not yet recognized as of December 31, 2021 was $56.6 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.4 years.
Performance Restricted Stock Units
The 2014 Plan provides for the issuance of PRSUs to employees and consultants. PRSUs generally include both service conditions and market conditions related to total shareholder return targets relative to that of companies comprising the Russell 3000 Index.
96

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12.    Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company granted 1.3 million PRSUs with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $22.94 to certain of its employees. These PRSU awards are subject to vesting over a period of three years, based on the Company’s stock price achieving predetermined total shareholder return targets relative to that of companies comprising the Russell 3000 Index during each of the one, two and three-year vesting periods. The PRSU award agreements provide that the quantity of units subject to vesting may range from 200% to 0% of the granted quantities, depending on the achievement of market-based targets. The expense recognized each period is determined at the time of grant and not subject to fluctuation due to the achievement of market-based targets. In each of the fourth quarters ending 2020 and 2021, as a result of the achievement of market-based targets for the first and second performance periods of these PRSUs, 200% of the eligible units vested.
During the first quarter of 2020, as part of its annual equity awards cycle, the Company awarded 1.9 million PRSUs with an aggregate intrinsic value of $37.8 million. Of these PRSUs, 0.6 million were granted in January 2020 with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $22.45, and 0.6 million were granted in January 2021 with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $61.14. These PRSU awards are subject to vesting over respective one year periods, based on the Company’s stock price achieving predetermined total shareholder return targets relative to that of companies comprising the Russell 3000 Index. The PRSU award agreements provide that the quantity of units subject to vesting may range from 200% to 0% of the granted quantities for each of the first and second performance periods, depending on the achievement of market-based targets. The expense recognized each period is determined at the time of grant and not subject to fluctuation due to the achievement of market-based targets. In January 2021, as a result of the achievement of market-based targets for the first performance period of these PRSUs, 200% of the granted quantities vested. In January 2022, as a result of not achieving the market-based targets for the second performance period of these PRSUs, 0% of the granted quantities vested. Achievement percentages applicable to each performance period will be determined prior to the grant date.
During the first quarter of 2021, as part of its annual equity awards cycle, the Company awarded 0.4 million PRSUs with an aggregate intrinsic value of $20.0 million. Of these PRSUs, 0.1 million were granted with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $40.69. Certain of these PRSU awards are subject to vesting over a period of one year, while certain other of these awards are subject to vesting over a period of three years, all of which are based on the Company’s internal financial performance achieving predetermined targets. The PRSU award agreements provide that the quantity of units subject to vesting may range from 200% to 0% of the granted quantities for the first performance period, depending on the achievement of internal financial performance-based targets. The expense recognized each period is estimated at the time of grant and is subject to fluctuation due to the achievement of internal financial performance-based targets. In January 2022, as a result of the achievement of internal financial performance-based targets for the first performance period of these PRSUs, 112.7% of the goals were achieved, and the PRSUs subject to a one-year service period vested. Achievement percentages applicable to each performance period will be determined prior to the grant date.
During the first quarter of 2021, as part of its annual equity awards cycle, the Company granted 0.2 million PRSUs with an aggregate intrinsic value of $9.1 million and a weighted-average grant date fair value of $61.94. These PRSU awards are subject to vesting over a single three-year period, based on the Company’s stock price achieving predetermined total shareholder return targets relative to that of companies comprising the Russell 3000 Index. The PRSU award agreements provide that the quantity of units subject to vesting may range from 200% to 0% of the granted quantities for the performance period, depending on the achievement of market-based targets. The expense recognized each period is determined at the time of grant and not subject to fluctuation due to the achievement of market-based targets.
The Company values PRSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the performance period. The expected life is consistent with the performance period of the awards. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the estimated expected life. The Company assumes no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not declaring or paying dividends to date.
The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair values of the PRSUs subject to market-based vesting conditions that were granted for the periods presented.
97

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12.    Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Risk-free interest rate0.10% – 0.26%1.51%
Expected term (years)1.00 – 3.001.00
Expected volatility85% – 89%75%
Dividend yield0%0%
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s PRSU activity for the period indicated.
 Number of
Units
Weighted-Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value per Share
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20201,355,296 $23.51 
Granted1,916,354 41.10
Vested(1,928,729)24.25
Forfeited(221,644)42.17
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20211,121,277 $48.62 
The total compensation cost related to the unvested PRSUs not yet recognized as of December 31, 2021 was $11.5 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.3 years.
Stock Options
The Stock Plans provide for the issuance of stock options to employees and consultants. Stock options issued under the Stock Plans generally are exercisable for periods not to exceed 10 years and generally vest over four years.
The terms of stock option grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee thereof. Stock options are granted at exercise prices of not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Stock options are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most options vesting in tranches, generally over a period of four years. Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan and the 2008 Plan are subject to service-based vesting conditions, and generally expire ten years from the grant date.
The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes-MertonBlack-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the option, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the “simplified method.” Under the “simplified method,” the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company uses the “simplified method” due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumes no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not declaring or paying dividends to date.
The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of the stock options granted for the periods presented. No stock options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2021.
98

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12.    Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
2018 2017 2016 20202019
Risk-free interest rate2.3% - 3.0% 2.0% - 2.1% 1.1% - 1.9%Risk-free interest rate1.5%1.6% - 2.6%
Expected term (years)5.97 - 6.77 6.00 - 6.08 5.43 - 6.50Expected term (years)6.045.96 - 6.08
Expected volatility44% - 45% 46% - 49% 50%Expected volatility64%45% - 64%
Dividend yield0% 0% 0%Dividend yield0%0%
The following istable presents a summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2018:period indicated.
Number of
Options
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per
Share
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Number of
Options
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per
Share
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20174,559,176
 $15.10
 5.89 225,283
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 2020Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20203,916,867 $35.63 5.08$59,906 
Granted668,390
 84.06
 8.76 

Granted— — — 
Exercised(1,012,473) 7.27
 2.34 

Exercised(326,430)21.29 1.68
Forfeited(157,305) 45.59
 
 

Forfeited(60,388)55.64 
Expired
 
 
 

Expired(52,610)68.81 
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20184,057,788
 27.23
 5.95 113,211
Exercisable as of December 31, 20182,910,317
 14.07
 4.91 104,444
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 2021Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20213,477,439 36.13 3.8716,246 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021Exercisable as of December 31, 20213,154,910 $32.62 3.58$16,191 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of the Company’s stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020 and 20162019 was $39.66, $19.65$11.48 and $11.41$28.49 per share, respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $6.8 million, $8.7 million and $15.4 million, respectively.
The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested options as of December 31, 20182021 was $28.9$8.9 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.91.7 years.
The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $54.0 million, $24.9 million and $24.9 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units
Throughout 2018 and 2017, the Company granted restricted stock units under the 2014 Plan to the Company’s directors and certain of the Company’s employees. The terms of the restricted stock unit grants under the 2014 Plan, including the vesting periods, are determined by the Company’s board of directors or the compensation committee thereof. Restricted
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

stock units are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most restricted stock units vesting in equal annual tranches, generally over a period of four years.
The following is a summary of restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2018:
 
Number of
Restricted Stock
Units
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20171,413,423
 $29.95
Granted536,502
 81.55
Vested(595,866) 25.79
Forfeited(215,014) 50.90
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20181,139,045
 52.47
The total compensation cost related to the nonvested restricted stock units not yet recognized as of December 31, 2018 was $43.8 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.2 years.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company’s 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) provides (i) for two offering periods each year and (ii) that the purchase price for shares of the Company’s common stock purchased under the ESPP will be 90% of the lesser of the fair market value of the 2U’s common stock on the purchase date or the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the first day of the offering period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors may exercise its discretion, subject to certain conditions, to make changes to certain aspects of the ESPP including, but not limited to, the length of the offering periods and that the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the purchase date or the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the first day of the offering period. Participating eligible employees select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their salary or wage compensation received from the Company as in effect at the start of the offering period, with the aggregate purchase of each offering period limited to a maximum fair market value of $25,000 per employee per year. Participation in the ESPP began on January 1, 2018. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of 2U’s common stock may be issued under the ESPP, subject to adjustments for certain capital transactions.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, an aggregate of 63,671 shares of 2U’s common stock were purchased in accordance with the ESPP. Net proceeds from the issuance of shares of 2U’s common stock under the ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $3.1 million. As of December 31, 2018, 936,329 shares remain available for purchase under the ESPP.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards, as well as the ESPP, is included in the following line items on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss:
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Curriculum and teaching$14
 $3
 $
Servicing and support4,764
 4,036
 3,245
Technology and content development4,094
 3,306
 2,392
Marketing and sales2,743
 1,742
 1,317
General and administrative19,795
 12,843
 8,869
Total stock-based compensation expense$31,410
 $21,930
 $15,823

Prior to January 1, 2017, the Company adjusted stock-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures of stock-based awards. As described in the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section of Note 2, beginning on January 1, 2017, the Company accounts for forfeitures (and the impact on stock-based compensation expense) as they occur.
12.13.    Net Loss per Share
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive, given the Company’s net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
Stock options3,477,439 3,916,867 4,373,895 
Restricted stock units2,613,063 3,010,019 2,281,142 
Performance restricted stock units1,121,277 1,355,296 1,413,773 
Shares related to convertible senior notes13,443,374 3,432,837 — 
Total antidilutive securities20,655,153 11,715,019 8,068,810 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
Stock options4,057,788
 4,559,176
 4,882,237
Restricted stock units1,139,045
 1,413,423
 1,412,934
BasicThe following table presents the calculation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated as follows:for each of the periods indicated. The calculation of diluted net loss per share reflects the Company’s intent to settle conversions of the Notes through a combination settlement, which contemplates repayment in cash of the principal amount and repayment in shares of the Company’s common stock of any excess of the conversion value over the principal amount.
99

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
13.    Net Loss per Share (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
2018 2017 2016 202120202019
Numerator (in thousands): 
  
  
Numerator (in thousands):   
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) (20,684)Net loss$(194,766)$(216,484)$(235,222)
Denominator: 
  
  
Denominator:   
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted55,833,492
 49,062,611
 46,609,751
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted74,580,115 67,142,976 61,393,666 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(0.69) $(0.60) $(0.44)Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(2.61)$(3.22)$(3.83)


13.14.    Segment and Geographic Information

The Company’s operations consist of two operating segments, which are also its twoCompany has 2 reportable segments: the GraduateDegree Program Segment and the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment. The Company’s Graduatereportable segments are determined based on (i) financial information reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), (ii) internal management and related reporting structure, and (iii) the basis upon which the CEO makes resource allocation decisions. The Company’s Degree Program Segment providesincludes the technology and services provided to well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities primarily in the United States, to enable the online delivery of graduatedegree programs. The Company’s Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment providesincludes the premium online short courses to working professionals around the worldexecutive education programs and technical skills-based boot camps provided through relationships with leading universities in the United States, the United Kingdomnonprofit colleges and South Africa.universities.

Graduate Program Segment

Significant Customers
For the year ended December 31, 2018, three2021, no university clients eachaccounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2020, one university client in the Degree Program Segment accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue, as follows: $86.9contributing $74.6 million, $54.2 million and $42.7 million, which equaled 21%, 13% andor approximately 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, respectively.revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, four2019, one university clients eachclient in the Degree Program Segment accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue, as follows: $77.6contributing $83.5 million, $48.2 million, $30.1 million and $28.3 million, which equaled 27%, 17%, 11% and 10%or approximately 15% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, respectively.

revenue.
As of December 31, 2018,2021, two university clients in the Degree Program Segment each accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, as follows: $11.9$9.8 million and $11.8$8.8 million, which equaled 36%14% and 36%13% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2020, two university clients in the Degree Program Segment each accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, as follows: $9.4contributing $5.8 million and $2.0$5.2 million, which equaled 67%or approximately 12% and 14%11% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, respectively.

100

Short Course Segment

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no customers or individual university clients that had revenue associated with it that accounted for 10% or moreTable of the Company’s consolidated revenue. In addition, as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no customers had accounts receivable, net balances that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, as customers are individual students or third parties paying on their behalf, rather than university clients.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, offerings associated with three university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the segment’s revenue, and when combined, accounted for approximately 81% of the segment’s revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, offerings associated with three university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the segment’s revenue, and when combined, accounted for approximately 82% of the segment’s revenue.Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
13.14.    Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)




Segment Performance

The following table summarizespresents financial information regarding each of the Company’s reportable segment’s results of operations for each of the periods presented:indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Revenue by segment* 
  
  
Graduate Program Segment$348,361
 $270,432
 $205,864
Short Course Segment63,408
 16,320
 
Total revenue$411,769
 $286,752
 $205,864
      
Segment profitability** 
  
  
Graduate Program Segment$16,839
 $13,022
 $4,541
Short Course Segment816
 (1,606) 
Total segment profitability$17,655
 $11,416
 $4,541
      
Segment profitability margin*** 
  
  
Graduate Program Segment4.8% 4.8 % 2.2%
Short Course Segment1.3
 (9.8) 
Total segment profitability margin4.3
 3.9
 2.2
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands)
Revenue by segment*  
Degree Program Segment$592,288 $486,676 $417,206 
Alternative Credential Segment353,394 287,857 157,465 
Total revenue$945,682 $774,533 $574,671 
Segment profitability**  
Degree Program Segment$126,141 $49,607 $5,770 
Alternative Credential Segment(59,564)(33,534)(29,716)
Total segment profitability$66,577 $16,073 $(23,946)
Segment profitability margin***  
Degree Program Segment21 %10 %%
Alternative Credential Segment(17)%(12)%(19)%
Total segment profitability margin%%(4)%
*The Company has excluded approximately $44,000immaterial amounts of intersegment revenues from the yearyears ended December 31, 2018.
2021, 2020 and 2019.
**The Company defines segment profitability as net income or net loss, as applicable, before net interest income (expense), other income (expense), net, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, foreign currency gains ordeferred revenue fair value adjustments, transaction costs, integration costs, restructuring-related costs, stockholder activism costs, certain litigation-related costs, consisting of fees for certain non-ordinary course litigation and other proceedings, impairment charges, losses acquisition-related gains or losseson debt extinguishment, and stock-based compensation expense. Some or all of these items may not be applicable in any given reporting period.
***The Company defines segment profitability margin as segment profitability as a percentage of the respective segment’s revenue.

The following table reconciles net loss to total segment profitability:
101

 Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
Adjustments:     
Interest income(5,173) (371) (383)
Interest expense108
 87
 35
Foreign currency loss1,722
 866
 
Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
 19,624
 9,750
Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
Stock-based compensation expense31,410
 21,930
 15,823
Total adjustments55,985
 40,839
 25,225
Total segment profitability$17,655
 $11,416
 $4,541

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
13.14.    Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)



The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company’s total segment profitability to net loss for each of the periods indicated.
 Year Ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands)
Net loss$(194,766)$(216,484)$(235,222)
Adjustments:
Stock-based compensation expense97,766 82,042 51,504 
Other (income) expense, net(22,324)1,429 707 
Net interest expense49,747 25,963 7,619 
Income tax benefit(1,196)(1,514)(19,860)
Depreciation and amortization expense108,448 96,469 69,843 
Loss on debt extinguishment1,101 11,671 — 
Impairment charge— — 70,379 
Other*27,801 16,497 31,084 
Total adjustments261,343 232,557 211,276 
Total segment profitability$66,577 $16,073 $(23,946)
*Includes (i) transaction and integration costs of $16.9 million, $2.3 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, (ii) restructuring-related costs of $8.5 million, $6.8 million and $10.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, (iii) stockholder activism and litigation-related costs of $2.4 million, $7.4 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and (iv) deferred revenue fair value adjustments of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
The following table presents the Company’s total assets by segment are as follows:
 December 31,
2018
 December 31,
2017
 (in thousands)
Total assets 
  
Graduate Program Segment$702,827
 $359,597
Short Course Segment104,527
 122,465
Total assets$807,354
 $482,062
Trade Accounts Receivable and Contract Liabilities
The Company’s trade accounts receivable and contract liabilities inof each segment are as follows:
 December 31,
2018
 December 31,
2017
 (in thousands)
Trade accounts receivable 
  
Graduate Program Segment accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 for all periods presented$31,110
 $12,520
Graduate Program Segment unbilled revenue265
 666
Short Course Segment accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $257 and $287 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively982
 988
Total trade accounts receivable$32,357
 $14,174
    
Contract liabilities 
  
Graduate Program Segment deferred revenue$2,864
 $2,523
Short Course Segment deferred revenue5,481
 4,501
Total contract liabilities$8,345
 $7,024

For the Graduate Program Segment, revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the year was $2.5 million. For the Short Course Segment, revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the year was $4.5 million.dates indicated.

Contract Acquisition Costs

The Graduate Program Segment had $0.3 million of net capitalized contract acquisition costs as of December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company capitalized $0.3 million and recorded an immaterial amount of amortization expense in the Graduate Program Segment.

 December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
 (in thousands)
Total assets  
Degree Program Segment$546,572 $830,706 
Alternative Credential Segment1,562,434 713,558 
Total assets$2,109,006 $1,544,264 
Geographical Information

The Company’s non-U.S. revenue which is based uponon the currency of the country in which the university client primarily operates,operates. The Company’s non-U.S. revenue was $33.9$98.5 million, $73.0 million and $10.0$40.8 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021, 2020 and 2017, respectively, and2019, respectively. Substantially all of the Company’s non-U.S. revenue for each of the aforementioned periods was sourced entirely from the Short CourseAlternative Credential Segment’s operations outside of the U.S. The Company’s long-lived tangible assets in non-U.S. countries as of December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 20172020 totaled approximately $1.2$3.3 million and $0.7$1.6 million, respectively.

102

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
15.    Receivables and Contract Liabilities
Trade Accounts Receivable
The Company’s trade accounts receivable balances relate to amounts due from students or customers occurring in the normal course of business. Trade accounts receivable balances have a term of less than one year and are included in accounts receivable, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The following table presents the Company’s trade accounts receivable in each segment as of each of the dates indicated.
 December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 (in thousands)
Degree Program Segment accounts receivable$31,762 $16,424 
Degree Program Segment unbilled revenue4,440 6,072 
Alternative Credential Segment accounts receivable42,771 29,717 
Total78,973 52,213 
Less: Provision for credit losses(11,686)(5,936)
Trade accounts receivable, net$67,287 $46,277 
The following table presents the change in provision for credit losses for trade accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for the period indicated.
Provision for Credit Losses
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2020$5,936 
Current period provision6,794 
Amounts written off(157)
Amounts recovered(874)
Foreign currency translation adjustments(13)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$11,686 
Other Receivables
The Company’s other receivables are comprised of amounts due under tuition payment plans with extended payment terms from students enrolled in certain of the Company’s alternative credential offerings. These payment plans, which are managed and serviced by third-party providers, are designed to assist students with paying tuition costs after all other student financial assistance and scholarships have been applied. The associated receivables generally have payment terms that range from 12 to 42 months and are recorded net of any implied pricing concessions, which are determined based on collections history, market data and any time value of money component. There are no fees or origination costs included in these receivables. The carrying value of these receivable balances approximate their fair value. The following table presents the components of the Company’s other receivables, net, as of each of the dates indicated.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(in thousands)
Other receivables, amortized cost$52,428 $25,587 
Less: Provision for credit losses(1,421)(179)
Other receivables, net$51,007 $25,408 
Other receivables, net, current$29,439 $1,076 
Other receivables, net, non-current$21,568 $24,332 

103

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)



15.    Receivables and Contract Liabilities (Continued)

The following table presents the change in provision for credit losses for other receivables on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for the period indicated.
14.
Provision for Credit Losses
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2020$179 
Current period provision1,242 
Balance as of December 31, 2021$1,421 
The Company considers receivables to be past due when amounts contractually due under the extended payment plans have not been paid. As of December 31, 2021, 93% of other receivables, net due under extended payment plans were current.
At the time of origination, the Company categorizes its other receivables using a credit quality indicator based on the credit tier rankings obtained from the third-party providers that manage and service the payment plans. The third-party providers utilize credit rating agency data to determine the credit tier rankings. The Company monitors the collectability of its other receivables on an ongoing basis. The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is determined through analysis of multiple factors, including industry trends, portfolio performance, and delinquency rates. The following tables present other receivables, at amortized cost including interest accretion, by credit quality indicator and year of origination, as of the dates indicated.
December 31, 2021
Year of Origination
 2021202020192018Total
(in thousands)
Credit Quality Tier
High$18,466 $1,635 $24 $115 $20,240 
Mid14,352 2,992 1,312 392 19,048 
Low8,135 2,802 1,873 330 13,140 
Total$40,953 $7,429 $3,209 $837 $52,428 

December 31, 2020
Year of Origination
 202020192018Total
 (in thousands)
Credit Quality Tier
High$9,506 $28 $104 $9,638 
Mid7,821 1,126 356 9,303 
Low4,892 1,453 301 6,646 
Total$22,219 $2,607 $761 $25,587 
104

Table of Contents
2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
15.    Receivables and Contract Liabilities (Continued)
Contract Liabilities
The Company’s deferred revenue represents contract liabilities. The Company generally receives payments from Degree Program Segment university clients early in each academic term and from Alternative Credential Segment students, either in full upon registration for the course or in full before the end of the course based on a payment plan, prior to completion of the service period. These payments are recorded as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until the Company’s obligations are otherwise met, at which time revenue is recognized. The following table presents the Company’s contract liabilities in each segment as of each of the dates indicated.
 December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 (in thousands)
Degree Program Segment deferred revenue$3,462 $1,714 
Alternative Credential Segment deferred revenue88,464 73,779 
Total contract liabilities$91,926 $75,493 
For the Degree Program Segment, revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 that was included in the deferred revenue balance that existed at the end of each preceding year was $1.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
For the Alternative Credential Segment, revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 that was included in the deferred revenue balance that existed at the end of each preceding year was $71.9 million and $46.6 million, respectively.
Contract Acquisition Costs
The Degree Program Segment had $0.5 million and $0.5 million of net capitalized contract acquisition costs recorded primarily within other assets, non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company capitalized an immaterial amount of contract acquisition costs and recorded an immaterial amount of associated amortization expense in the Degree Program Segment.
16.    Retirement Plan
The Company has established a 401(k) plan for eligible employees to contribute up to 100% of their compensation, limited by the IRS-imposed maximum contribution amount. The Company matches 33%100% of the first 2% of each employee’s contribution, up to 6%and 50% of the next 4% of each employee’s salary deferralcontribution, each plan year. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, the Company made employer contributions of $2.1$7.8 million, $1.3$3.6 million and $1.1$3.0 million, respectively.

17.    Subsequent Event
15. Related Party Transactions
DuringSubsequent to year-end and through the year endeddate of this filing, the Company has experienced a significant decline in its market capitalization, from $1.5 billion to $0.8 billion. Management is evaluating whether this decline represents a triggering event for assessing the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset balances for impairment in the first quarter of 2022. As of December 31, 2016,2021, the Company subleased office space to an entity that was, upon execution of the sublease in 2011, a greater than 5% stockholder. The lease required the subtenant to reimburse the Company for the allocated cost of the office space subleased. The Company had no transactions with this related party during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, other than the repayment of a $0.1 million security deposit in connection with the expiration of the sublease in December 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $0.3 million as rental income from this related entity.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company utilized the marketing and event planning services of a company that is partially owned by onebalances of the Company’s former executives. The Company had no transactions with this related party during the years ended December 31, 2018goodwill and 2017. The Company recorded $1.4indefinite-lived intangible asset were $834.5 million for the expenses incurred related to the services provided by this related party for the year ended December 31, 2016. No amounts were due to the related party or recorded in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data for 2018 and 2017. This unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited information included elsewhere in this Annual Report and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein. The operating results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.$255.0 million, respectively.
105
 Three Months Ended
 March 31,
2018
 June 30,
2018
 September 30,
2018
 December 31,
2018
 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Revenue$92,288
 $97,423
 $106,963
 $115,095
Costs and expenses       
Curriculum and teaching4,307
 6,007
 6,351
 6,625
Servicing and support15,233
 17,297
 16,586
 18,087
Technology and content development13,840
 15,235
 16,361
 18,376
Marketing and sales53,058
 58,376
 60,548
 49,033
General and administrative21,869
 22,480
 18,974
 19,666
Total costs and expenses108,307

119,395

118,820

111,787
Income (loss) from operations(16,019) (21,972) (11,857) 3,308
Interest income342
 912
 1,799
 2,120
Interest expense(27) (27) (27) (27)
Other expense, net(395) (825) (273) (229)
Income (loss) before income taxes(16,099)
(21,912)
(10,358)
5,172
Income tax benefit (expense)1,228
 3,565
 414
 (340)
Net income (loss)$(14,871)
$(18,347)
$(9,944)
$4,832
Net income (loss) per share, basic$(0.28) $(0.33) $(0.17) $0.08
Net income (loss) per share, diluted$(0.28) $(0.33) $(0.17) $0.08
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, basic52,687,299
 54,981,192
 57,663,361
 57,924,666
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, diluted52,687,299
 54,981,192
 57,663,361
 60,666,682


2U, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (continued)

 Three Months Ended
 March 31,
2017
 June 30,
2017
 September 30,
2017
 December 31,
2017
 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Revenue$64,829
 $64,995
 $70,250
 $86,678
Costs and expenses 
  
  
  
Curriculum and teaching
 
 1,792
 4,817
Servicing and support10,925
 13,458
 12,939
 13,445
Technology and content development9,205
 11,140
 12,735
 12,846
Marketing and sales34,670
 37,242
 41,311
 37,700
General and administrative13,664
 13,930
 17,227
 17,844
Total costs and expenses68,464

75,770

86,004

86,652
Income (loss) from operations(3,635) (10,775) (15,754) 26
Interest income196
 53
 18
 104
Interest expense
 (1) (36) (50)
Other income (expense), net
 (1,031) 59
 106
Income (loss) before income taxes(3,439) (11,754) (15,713) 186
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
 974
 323
Net income (loss)$(3,439)
$(11,754)
$(14,739)
$509
Net income (loss) per share, basic$(0.07) $(0.25) $(0.30) $0.01
Net income (loss) per share, diluted$(0.07) $(0.25) $(0.30) $0.01
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, basic47,237,341
 47,668,397
 48,961,914
 52,330,067
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, diluted47,237,341
 47,668,397
 48,961,914
 56,593,108


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.our company. With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20182021 based on the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.2021.
We completed the edX Acquisition on November 16, 2021, which represented 1% of our total assets as of December 31, 2021 and 1% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. As the edX Acquisition was completed during the fourth quarter of 2021, the scope of our evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting does not include edX.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We made no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 20182021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other than changes in controls to integrate the business we acquired in the GetSmarteredX acquisition.
Item 9B.    Other Information
(a) On November 4, 2021, we entered into (i) a First Amendment to Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with certain of our subsidiaries, Alter Domus (US) LLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto and (ii) a Joinder Agreement (collectively, with the First Amendment, the “Facility Amendments”) with Alter Domus (US) LLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto. The Facility Amendments amend the Term Loan Agreement primarily to provide for an incremental facility to us in an original principal amount of $100 million, the proceeds of which may be used for general corporate purposes.
Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.

106


Table of Contents

PART III
We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders or our 20192022 Proxy Statement with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 20192022 Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections ofwill be contained in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the captions “Board of Directors and Committees,” “Election of Directors,” “Management,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors.”Directors” and, if applicable, “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” or in an amendment on Form 10-K/A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections ofwill be contained in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”Participation” or in an amendment on Form 10-K/A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections ofwill be contained in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans.”Plans” or in an amendment on Form 10-K/A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections ofwill be contained in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Related Parties” and “Director Independence.”Independence” or in an amendment on Form 10-K/A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the section ofwill be contained in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees.”Fees” and is incorporated herein by reference.

107


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)   Exhibits
See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(b)   Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)
 Balance at Beginning of PeriodAdditions Charged to Expense/Against RevenueDeductionsBalance at End of Period
Provision for credit losses for trade accounts receivable:    
Year ended December 31, 2021$5,936 $6,794 $(1,044)$11,686 
Year ended December 31, 20201,331 4,642 (37)5,936 
Year ended December 31, 2019$257 $1,425 $(351)$1,331 
 Balance at Beginning of PeriodAdditionsDeductionsBalance at End of Period
Income tax valuation allowance:    
Year ended December 31, 2021$137,767 $53,012 $— $190,779 
Year ended December 31, 2020116,244 21,523 — 137,767 
Year ended December 31, 2019$88,061 $45,642 $(17,459)$116,244 
Other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material, or the required information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
 Balance at Beginning of Period Additions Charged to Expense/Against Revenue Deductions Balance at End of Period
Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
  
  
  
Year ended December 31, 2018$287
 $571
 $(601) 257
Year ended December 31, 2017
 287
 
 287
Year ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 Balance at Beginning of Period Additions Deductions Balance at End of Period
Income tax valuation allowance: 
  
  
  
Year ended December 31, 2018$71,101
 $16,960
 $
 88,061
Year ended December 31, 201762,297
 17,967
 (9,163) 71,101
Year ended December 31, 201654,739
 7,558
 
 62,297

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary
None.

108


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:
2U, Inc.
February 26, 2019
March 01, 2022
By:/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK
Name:Christopher J. Paucek
Title:Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christopher J. Paucek, Catherine A. GrahamPaul S. Lalljie and Matthew J. Norden, or each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

109


Table of Contents

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEKChief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)March 1, 2022
Christopher J. Paucek
/s/ PAUL S. LALLJIEChief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)March 1, 2022
Paul S. Lalljie
/s/ JOHN B. ELLISChief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)March 1, 2022
John B. Ellis
/s/ PAUL A. MAEDERDirector and Chairman of the BoardMarch 1, 2022
Paul A. Maeder
/s/ TIMOTHY M. HALEYDirectorMarch 1, 2022
Timothy M. Haley
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEKChief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)February 26, 2019
Christopher J. Paucek
/s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAMChief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)February 26, 2019
Catherine A. Graham
/s/ JOHN B. ELLISChief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)February 26, 2019
John B. Ellis
/s/ PAUL A. MAEDERDirector and Chairman of the BoardFebruary 26, 2019
Paul A. Maeder
/s/ TIMOTHY M. HALEYDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
Timothy M. Haley
/s/ JOHN M. LARSONDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
John M. Larson
/s/ CORETHA M. RUSHINGDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Coretha M. Rushing
/s/ ROBERT M. STAVISDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Robert M. Stavis
/s/ SALLIE L. KRAWCHECKDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Sallie L. Krawcheck
/s/ EARL LEWISDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Earl Lewis
/s/ EDWARD S. MACIASDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Edward S. Macias
/s/ VALERIE B. JARRETTDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
Valerie B. Jarrett
/s/ GREGORY PETERSDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Gregory Peters
/s/ ALEXIS MAYBANKDirectorFebruary 26, 2019March 1, 2022
Alexis Maybank




110


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING EXHIBITS
In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please remember they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:
should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;
have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;
may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and
were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.
Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
The Company acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this report not misleading.

111


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
 Description Form File No. 
Exhibit
Number
 Filing Date Filed HerewithExhibit
Number
DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit
Number
Filing DateFiled/Furnished Herewith
  10-Q 001-36376 2.1
 May 4, 2017  8-K001-363762.1April 8, 2019
   
  8-K 001-36376 2.2
 July 3, 2017  
8-K001-363762.1June 29, 2021
X
   
  8-K 001-36376 3.1
 April 4, 2014  8-K001-363763.1April 4, 2014 
   
  8-K 001-36376 3.2
 April 4, 2014  8-K001-363763.2April 4, 2014 
   
  S-1/A 333-194079 4.2
 March 17, 2014  S-1/A333-1940794.2March 17, 2014 
10-K001-363764.2February 28, 2020
8-K001-363764.1April 27, 2020
8-K001-363764.2April 27, 2020
  S-1 333-194079 10.1
 February 21, 2014  S-1333-19407910.1February 21, 2014 
   
  S-1 333-194079 10.2
 February 21, 2014  S-1333-19407910.2February 21, 2014 
   
  S-1/A 333-194079 10.2.1
 March 17, 2014  S-1/A333-19407910.2.1March 17, 2014 
   
  10-K 001-36376 10.2.2
 March 10, 2016  10-K001-3637610.2.2March 10, 2016 
   
  S-1 333-194079 10.6
 February 21, 2014  
S-1333-19407910.7February 21, 2014 
   
  S-1 333-194079 10.7
 February 21, 2014  S-1333-19407910.8February 21, 2014 
   
  S-1 333-194079 10.8
 February 21, 2014  
   
  S-1 333-194079 10.9
 February 21, 2014  
   
  10-Q 001-36376 10.1
 August 2, 2018  
   
  10-Q 001-36376 10.2
 August 2, 2018  

112


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 Description Form File No. 
Exhibit
Number
 Filing Date Filed Herewith
             
  10-Q 001-36376 10.3
 August 2, 2018  
             
  10-Q 001-36376 10.1
 May 12, 2014  
             
  S-1/A 333-194079 10.14
 March 17, 2014  
             
  S-1 333-194079 10.15
 February 21, 2014  
             
  10-Q 001-36376 10.4
 August 2, 2018  
             
  S-1 333-194079 10.4
 February 21, 2014  
             
  10-K 001-36376 10.16
 February 24, 2017  
             
  10-K 001-36376 10.17
 February 24, 2017  
             
  10-K 001-36376 10.18
 February 24, 2017  
             
       
   X
             
       
   X
             
       
   X
             
       
   X
             
       
   X
             
       
   X
             
101.INS XBRL Instance Document.      
   X
             
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.      
   X
             

Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number
DescriptionFormFile No.
Exhibit

Number
Filing DateFiledFiled/Furnished Herewith
101.CALS-1333-19407910.9February 21, 2014
10-Q001-3637610.3November 9, 2021
10-Q001-3637610.2August 2, 2018
10-K001-3637610.8February 28, 2020
10-Q001-3637610.3November 12, 2019
10-K001-3637610.10February 28, 2020
10-Q001-3637610.1April 28, 2021
10-Q001-3637610.2April 28, 2021
8-K001-3637610.1February 21, 2020
10-Q001-3637610.4April 30, 2020
10-Q001-3637610.2July 29, 2021
S-1/A333-19407910.14March 17, 2014
S-1333-19407910.15February 21, 2014
10-Q001-3637610.4August 2, 2018
8-K001-3637610.1October 16, 2019
8-K001-3637610.2October 16, 2019
8-K001-3637610.1October 23, 2019
8-K001-3637610.1November 12, 2021
113


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit
Number
Filing DateFiled/Furnished Herewith
8-K001-3637610.1June 29, 2021
10-Q001-3637610.1November 9, 2021
10-Q001-3637610.2November 9, 2021
8-K001-3637610.1April 27, 2020
8-K001-3637610.2April 27, 2020
8-K001-3637610.3April 27, 2020
8-K001-3637610.1May 1, 2020
8-K001-3637610.2May 1, 2020
8-K001-3637610.3May 1, 2020
10-K001-3637610.16February 24, 2017
10-K001-3637610.17February 24, 2017
10-K001-3637610.18February 24, 2017
X
X
X
X
X
114


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit
Number
Filing DateFiled/Furnished Herewith
X
101.INSXBRL Instance Document - The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.X
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.X
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
X
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
X
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
X
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
X
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).X

*Portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

*Portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
** Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to supplementally furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
97
115